User Guide for ZYXEL models including: ZYXEL, Dual-Radio POE Access Point, NWA5AX

Zyxel NWA50AX 1775 Mbit/s White Power over Ethernet (PoE) User manual (6.6 MB)

Zyxel NWA50AX-EU0102F

x-raw-image:///f8c1cad82c8892fbcd2be74eaabdc79b...

Not Your Device? Search For Manuals / Datasheets:

File Info : application/pdf, 256 Pages, 6.56MB

Document
PDF 477a807dc4f630e5cc16240a5cb419e9d472
User's Guide
NWA50AX
802.11ax (WiFi6) Dual-Radio PoE Access Point

Default Login Details

Management IP Address
User Name Password

http://DHCP-assigned IP OR
http://192.168.1.2
admin
1234

Version 6.20 Edition 1, 5/2021

Copyright © 2021 Zyxel and/ or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

IMPO RTANT!
READ C AREFULLY BEFO RE USE.
KEEP THIS G UIDE FO R FUTURE REFERENC E.
This is a User's Guide for a series of products. Not all products support all firmware features. Screenshots and graphics in this book may differ slightly from your product due to differences in your product hardware, firmware, or your computer operating system. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Some screens or options in this book may not be available for your product (see the product feature tables in Section 1.4 on page 18).
Re la te d Do c um e nta tio n
· Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide shows how to connect the Zyxel Device and access the Web Configurator.
· CLI Reference Guide The CLI Reference Guide explains how to use the Command-Line Interface (CLI) and CLI commands to configure the Zyxel Device.
Note: It is recommended you use the Web Configurator to configure the Zyxel Device. · Web Configurator Online Help
Click the help icon in any screen for help in configuring that screen and supplementary information. · Nebula Control Center User's Guide
This User's Guide shows how to manage the Zyxel Device remotely. The features of these devices can be managed through Nebula Control Center. It also offers features that are not available when the Zyxel Device is in standalone mode (see Section 2.1.2 on page 20). · NXC Series User's Guide See this User's Guide for instructions on using the NXC as an AP Controller (AC) for the Zyxel Device. This is used when the Zyxel Device is set to be managed by a Zyxel AC. · More Information Go to suppo rt.zyxe l.c o m to find other information on the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
2

Do c um e nt C o nve ntio ns

Wa rning s a nd No te s
These are how warnings and notes are shown in this guide.

Wa rning s te ll yo u a b o ut thing s tha t c o uld ha rm yo u o r yo ur de vic e .
Note: Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may need to configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.

Synta x C o nve ntio ns
· All models in this series may be referred to as the "Zyxel Device" in this guide.
· Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bo ld font.
· A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example, C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting means you first click C o nfig ura tio n in the navigation panel, then the Ne two rk sub menu and finally the IP Se tting tab to get to that screen.

Ic o ns Use d in Fig ure s
Figures in this guide may use the following generic icons. The Zyxel Device icon is not an exact representation of your device.

Zyxel Device

Router

Switch

Internet

Server

Desktop

Laptop

AP Controller

Printer IP Phone

Nebula Switch

Nebula Gateway

Smart T.V.

NWA50AX User's Guide
3

Contents Overview
C o nte nts O ve rvie w
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 12 AP Management .................................................................................................................................. 20 Hardware ............................................................................................................................................... 28 Web Configurator ................................................................................................................................. 30 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n ................................................................................................................41 Standalone Configuration ................................................................................................................... 42 Dashboard ............................................................................................................................................ 44 Setup Wizard ......................................................................................................................................... 49 Monitor ................................................................................................................................................... 54 Network ................................................................................................................................................. 69 Wireless ................................................................................................................................................... 75 User ......................................................................................................................................................... 86 AP Profile ................................................................................................................................................ 93 MON Profile ......................................................................................................................................... 117 WDS Profile ........................................................................................................................................... 120 Certificates .......................................................................................................................................... 122 System .................................................................................................................................................. 138 Log and Report ................................................................................................................................... 157 File Manager ....................................................................................................................................... 167 Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................................... 178 LEDs ...................................................................................................................................................... 180 Reboot ................................................................................................................................................. 183 Shutdown ............................................................................................................................................. 184 Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de ..............................................................................................185 Cloud Mode ........................................................................................................................................ 186 Network ............................................................................................................................................... 189 Maintenance ...................................................................................................................................... 192 Appe ndic e s a nd Tro ub le sho o ting .................................................................................................197 Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................. 198
NWA50AX User's Guide
4

Table of Contents
Ta b le o f C o nte nts
Do c um e nt C o nve ntio ns ......................................................................................................................3
C o nte nts O ve rvie w .............................................................................................................................4
Ta b le o f C o nte nts .................................................................................................................................5
C ha pte r 1 Intro duc tio n ........................................................................................................................................12
1.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 12 1.2 Zyxel Device Roles .......................................................................................................................... 12
1.2.1 Root AP ................................................................................................................................... 13 1.2.2 Wireless Repeater .................................................................................................................. 13 1.2.3 Radio Frequency (RF) Monitor ............................................................................................. 14 1.3 Sample Feature Applications ........................................................................................................ 16 1.3.1 MBSSID .................................................................................................................................... 16 1.3.2 Dual-Radio ............................................................................................................................. 17 1.4 Zyxel Device Product Feature ....................................................................................................... 18
C ha pte r 2 AP Ma na g e m e nt................................................................................................................................20
2.1 Management Mode ...................................................................................................................... 20 2.1.1 Standalone ............................................................................................................................ 20 2.1.2 Nebula Control Center ......................................................................................................... 20
2.2 Switching Management Modes ................................................................................................... 22 2.3 Zyxel One Network (ZON) Utility .................................................................................................... 22
2.3.1 Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 22 2.3.2 Run the ZON Utility ................................................................................................................. 23 2.4 Ways to Access the Zyxel Device ................................................................................................. 26 2.5 Good Habits for Managing the Zyxel Device ............................................................................. 27
C ha pte r 3 Ha rdwa re ............................................................................................................................................28
3.1 Zyxel Device Single LED .................................................................................................................. 28 3.1.1 Zyxel Device LED ................................................................................................................... 28
C ha pte r 4 We b C o nfig ura to r...............................................................................................................................30
4.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 30 4.2 Accessing the Web Configurator ................................................................................................. 30 4.3 Navigating the Web Configurator ............................................................................................... 33
NWA50AX User's Guide
5

Table of Contents
4.3.1 Title Bar ................................................................................................................................... 34 4.3.2 Navigation Panel .................................................................................................................. 35 4.3.3 Standalone Mode Navigation Panel Menus ..................................................................... 35 4.3.4 Cloud Mode Navigation Panel Menus ............................................................................... 37 4.3.5 Tables and Lists ...................................................................................................................... 38
Pa rt I: Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n ................................................................... 41
C ha pte r 5 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n .................................................................................................................42
5.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 42 5.2 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device ...................................................................................... 42
C ha pte r 6 Da shb o a rd ..........................................................................................................................................44
6.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 44 6.1.1 CPU Usage ............................................................................................................................. 47 6.1.2 Memory Usage ...................................................................................................................... 48
C ha pte r 7 Se tup Wiza rd .......................................................................................................................................49
7.1 Accessing the Wizard ..................................................................................................................... 49 7.2 Using the Wizard ............................................................................................................................. 49
7.2.1 Step 1 Time Settings .............................................................................................................. 49 7.2.2 Step 2 Password and Uplink Connection ........................................................................... 50 7.2.3 Step 3 Radio .......................................................................................................................... 51 7.2.4 Step 4 SSID .............................................................................................................................. 52 7.2.5 Summary ................................................................................................................................ 52
C ha pte r 8 Mo nito r................................................................................................................................................54
8.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 54 8.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 54
8.2 What You Need to Know ............................................................................................................... 54 8.3 Network Status ................................................................................................................................ 55
8.3.1 Port Statistics Graph .............................................................................................................. 56 8.4 Radio List .......................................................................................................................................... 57
8.4.1 AP Mode Radio Information ................................................................................................ 59 8.5 Station List ........................................................................................................................................ 61 8.6 WDS Link Info ................................................................................................................................... 62 8.7 Detected Device ............................................................................................................................ 63
NWA50AX User's Guide
6

Table of Contents
8.8 View Log .......................................................................................................................................... 66
C ha pte r 9 Ne two rk...............................................................................................................................................69
9.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 69 9.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 69
9.2 IP Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 69 9.3 VLAN ................................................................................................................................................ 71 9.4 NCC Discovery ................................................................................................................................ 73
C ha pte r 10 Wire le ss ...............................................................................................................................................75
10.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 75 10.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ..................................................................................... 75 10.1.2 What You Need to Know ................................................................................................... 76
10.2 AP Management .......................................................................................................................... 76 10.3 Rogue AP ....................................................................................................................................... 79
10.3.1 Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly List .............................................................................................. 83 10.4 DCS ................................................................................................................................................ 83 10.5 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................... 84
C ha pte r 11 Use r......................................................................................................................................................86
11.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 86 11.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ..................................................................................... 86 11.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................... 86
11.2 User Summary ................................................................................................................................ 87 11.2.1 Add/Edit User ....................................................................................................................... 87
11.3 Setting ............................................................................................................................................ 89 11.3.1 Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings ........................................................................ 91
C ha pte r 12 AP Pro file .............................................................................................................................................93
12.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 93 12.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ..................................................................................... 93 12.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................... 93
12.2 Radio .............................................................................................................................................. 94 12.2.1 Add/Edit Radio Profile ........................................................................................................ 95
12.3 SSID ............................................................................................................................................... 100 12.3.1 SSID List ............................................................................................................................... 101 12.3.2 Add/Edit SSID Profile ......................................................................................................... 102
12.4 Security List .................................................................................................................................. 105 12.4.1 Add/Edit Security Profile ................................................................................................... 105
NWA50AX User's Guide
7

Table of Contents
12.5 MAC Filter List .............................................................................................................................. 115 12.5.1 Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile ............................................................................................... 115
C ha pte r 13 MO N Pro file .......................................................................................................................................117
13.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 117 13.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 117
13.2 MON Profile ................................................................................................................................. 117 13.2.1 Add/Edit MON Profile ....................................................................................................... 118
C ha pte r 14 WDS Pro file ........................................................................................................................................120
14.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 120 14.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 120
14.2 WDS Profile ................................................................................................................................... 120 14.2.1 Add/Edit WDS Profile ........................................................................................................ 121
C ha pte r 15 C e rtific a te s .......................................................................................................................................122
15.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 122 15.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 122 15.1.2 What You Need to Know ................................................................................................. 122 15.1.3 Verifying a Certificate ...................................................................................................... 124
15.2 My Certificates ............................................................................................................................ 125 15.2.1 Add My Certificates .......................................................................................................... 126 15.2.2 Edit My Certificates ........................................................................................................... 128 15.2.3 Import Certificates ............................................................................................................ 131
15.3 Trusted Certificates ..................................................................................................................... 132 15.3.1 Edit Trusted Certificates .................................................................................................... 133 15.3.2 Import Trusted Certificates ............................................................................................... 136
15.4 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................. 137
C ha pte r 16 Syste m ...............................................................................................................................................138
16.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 138 16.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 138
16.2 Host Name ................................................................................................................................... 138 16.3 Date and Time ........................................................................................................................... 139
16.3.1 Pre-defined NTP Time Servers List ..................................................................................... 141 16.3.2 Time Server Synchronization ............................................................................................ 142 16.4 WWW Overview .......................................................................................................................... 143 16.4.1 Service Access Limitations ............................................................................................... 143 16.4.2 System Timeout .................................................................................................................. 143
NWA50AX User's Guide
8

Table of Contents
16.4.3 HTTPS ................................................................................................................................... 143 16.4.4 Configuring WWW Service Control ................................................................................. 144 16.4.5 HTTPS Example ................................................................................................................... 145 16.5 SSH ................................................................................................................................................ 151 16.5.1 How SSH Works .................................................................................................................. 152 16.5.2 SSH Implementation on the Zyxel Device ...................................................................... 153 16.5.3 Requirements for Using SSH .............................................................................................. 153 16.5.4 Configuring SSH ................................................................................................................. 153 16.5.5 Examples of Secure Telnet Using SSH .............................................................................. 154 16.6 FTP ............................................................................................................................................... 155
C ha pte r 17 Lo g a nd Re po rt.................................................................................................................................157
17.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 157 17.1.1 What You Can Do In this Chapter .................................................................................. 157
17.2 Log Setting .................................................................................................................................. 157 17.2.1 Log Setting Screen ............................................................................................................ 157 17.2.2 Edit System Log Settings ................................................................................................... 159 17.2.3 Edit Remote Server ............................................................................................................ 163 17.2.4 Active Log Summary ........................................................................................................ 164
C ha pte r 18 File Ma na g e r ....................................................................................................................................167
18.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 167 18.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 167 18.1.2 What you Need to Know .................................................................................................. 167
18.2 Configuration File ....................................................................................................................... 168 18.2.1 Example of Configuration File Download Using FTP ...................................................... 172
18.3 Firmware Package ..................................................................................................................... 173 18.3.1 Example of Firmware Upload Using FTP .......................................................................... 174
18.4 Shell Script .................................................................................................................................... 175
C ha pte r 19 Dia g no stic s .......................................................................................................................................178
19.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 178 19.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 178
19.2 Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................. 178 19.3 Remote Capture ........................................................................................................................ 179
C ha pte r 20 LEDs ...................................................................................................................................................180
20.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 180 20.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 180
NWA50AX User's Guide
9

Table of Contents
20.2 Suppression Screen .................................................................................................................... 180 20.3 Locator Screen ........................................................................................................................... 181
C ha pte r 21 Re b o o t...............................................................................................................................................183
21.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 183 21.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 183
21.2 Reboot ......................................................................................................................................... 183
C ha pte r 22 Shutdo wn ..........................................................................................................................................184
22.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 184 22.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 184
22.2 Shutdown ..................................................................................................................................... 184
Pa rt II: Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de ................................................ 185
C ha pte r 23 C lo ud Mo de .....................................................................................................................................186
23.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 186 23.2 Cloud Mode Web Configurator Screens ................................................................................. 186 23.3 Dashboard .................................................................................................................................. 187
C ha pte r 24 Ne two rk.............................................................................................................................................189
24.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 189 24.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 189
24.2 IP Setting ...................................................................................................................................... 189 24.3 VLAN ............................................................................................................................................ 191
C ha pte r 25 Ma inte na nc e ....................................................................................................................................192
25.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 192 25.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 192
25.2 Shell Script .................................................................................................................................... 192 25.3 Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................. 193 25.4 View Log ...................................................................................................................................... 194
Pa rt III: Appe ndic e s a nd Tro ub le sho o ting .................................................. 197
NWA50AX User's Guide
10

Table of Contents C ha pte r 26 Tro ub le sho o ting ................................................................................................................................198
26.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 198 26.2 Power, Hardware Connections, and LED ................................................................................ 198 26.3 Zyxel Device Management, Access, and Login ..................................................................... 199 26.4 Internet Access ........................................................................................................................... 202 26.5 WiFi Network ................................................................................................................................ 203 26.6 Resetting the Zyxel Device ........................................................................................................ 205 26.7 Getting More Troubleshooting Help ......................................................................................... 205
Appendix A Importing Certificates ............................................................................................... 206 Appendix B IPv6............................................................................................................................... 230 Appendix C Customer Support ..................................................................................................... 238 Appendix D Legal Information ...................................................................................................... 244
Inde x .................................................................................................................................................251
NWA50AX User's Guide
11

C HA PTER 1 Intro duc tio n
1.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device can be managed in one of the following methods: remote management through Nebula Control Center (NCC) or local management in Standalone Mode. The Zyxel Device runs in standalone mode by default, but it is recommended to use NCC management if it is available for your device. For more information about Access Point (AP) management, see Section 2.1 on page 20. Use the Zyxel Device to set up a wireless network with other IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax compatible devices in either 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz networks or both at the same time. When two or more APs are interconnected, this network is called a Wireless Distribution System (WDS). See Section 1.2.2 on page 13 for more information on root and repeater APs and how to set them up.
1.2 Zyxe l De vic e Ro le s
This section describes some of the different roles that your Zyxel Device can take up within a network. Not all roles are supported by all models (see Section 1.4 on page 18). The Zyxel Device can serve as a: · Access Point (AP) - This is used to allow wireless clients to connect to the Internet. · Radio Frequency (RF) monitor - An RF monitor searches for rogue APs to help eliminate network
threats if it supports monitor mode and rogue APs detection/containment. An RF monitor cannot simultaneously act as an AP. · Root AP - A root AP connects to the gateway or switch through a wired Ethernet connection and has wireless repeaters connected to it to extend its range. · Wireless repeater - A wireless repeater wirelessly connects to a root AP and extends the network's wireless range. The following figure shows a network setup that uses these different roles to create a secure Wireless Distribution System (WDS). The root AP (Y) is connected to a network with Internet access and has a wireless repeater (X) connected to it to expand the wireless network's range. Clients (A, B, and C ) can access the wired network through the wireless repeater and/or root AP. If a client (D) tries to set up his own AP (R) with weak security settings, the network becomes exposed to threats. The RF monitor (M) scans the area to detect all APs, which can help the network administrator discover these rogue APs and remove them or use the NXC to quarantine them.
NWA50AX User's Guide
12

Chapter 1 Introduction Fig ure 1 Sample Network Setup
1.2.1 Ro o t AP
In Root AP mode, you can have multiple SSIDs active for regular wireless connections and one SSID for the connection with a repeater (repeater SSID). Wireless clients can use either SSID to associate with the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode. A repeater must use the repeater SSID to connect to the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode. When the Zyxel Device is in Root AP mode, repeater security between the Zyxel Device and other repeaters is independent of the security between the wireless clients and the AP or repeater. When repeater security is enabled, both APs and repeaters must use the same pre-shared key. See Section 10.2 on page 76 and Section 14.2 on page 120 for more details. Unless specified, the term "security settings" refers to the traffic between the wireless clients and the AP. At the time of writing, repeater security is compatible with the Zyxel Device only.
1.2.2 Wire le ss Re pe a te r
Using Repeater mode, your Zyxel Device can extend the range of the WLAN. In the figure below, the Zyxel Device in Repeater mode (Z) has a wireless connection to the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode (X) which is connected to a wired network and also has a wireless connection to another Zyxel Device in Repeater mode (Y) at the same time. Z and Y act as repeaters that forward traffic between associated wireless clients and the wired LAN. Clients A and B access the AP and the wired network behind the AP through repeaters Z and Y.
NWA50AX User's Guide
13

Chapter 1 Introduction Fig ure 2 Repeater Application
When the Zyxel Device is in Repeater mode, repeater security between the Zyxel Device and other repeater is independent of the security between the wireless clients and the AP or repeater. When repeater security is enabled, both APs and repeaters must use the same pre-shared key. See Section 10.2 on page 76 and Section 14.2 on page 120 for more details. For NCC managed devices, you only need to enable AP Sma rt Me sh to automatically create wireless links between APs. See the NCC User's Guide for more details. To set up a WDS in standalone mode APs, do the following steps. You should already have the root AP set up (see the Quick Start Guide for hardware connections). 1 Go to C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > WDS Pro file in your root AP Web Configurator and click Add. 2 Enter a profile name, an SSID for the WDS, and a pre-shared key. 3 Do steps 1 and 2 for the wireless repeater using the same SSID and pre-shared key. 4 Once the security settings of peer sides match one another, the connection between the root and repeater Zyxel Devices is made. To set up a WDS in NXC managed Zyxel Devices, see the NXC User's Guide.
1.2.3 Ra dio Fre q ue nc y (RF) Mo nito r
The Zyxel Device can be set to work as an RF monitor to discover nearby Access Points. The information it obtains from other APs is used to tag possible rogue APs and quarantine them if the Zyxel Device is managed by the NXC (see Section 2.2 on page 22). If the Zyxel Device's radio setting is set to MO N Mo de (RF Monitor mode), it will serve as a dedicated RF monitor and its AP clients are disconnected.
NWA50AX User's Guide
14

Chapter 1 Introduction
The models that do not support MO N Mo de support Ro g ue AP De te c tio n (see Section 10.3 on page 79). Ro g ue AP De te c tio n allows the AP to scan all channels similar to MO N Mo de except that the Zyxel Device still works as an AP while it scans the environment for wireless signals. To see which Zyxel Devices support the RF Monitor feature, see Section 1.4 on page 18.
The Zyxel Device in MO N Mo de scans a range of WiFi channels that you specify in a MO N Pro file , either in the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band. To scan both bands, you need to set both radio 1 and radio 2 in MO N Mo de . Once a rogue AP is detected, the network administrator can manually change the network settings to limit its access to the network using its MAC address or have the device physically removed. If the Zyxel Device is managed by an NXC, the network administrator can also use Ro g ue AP C o nta inm e nt through the NXC.
MO N Mo de in Sta nda lo ne Mo de
To use an RF monitor in standalone mode, do the following steps:
1 Create a MO N Pro file in C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > MO N Pro file > Add. Specify a C ha nne l dwe ll tim e to determine how long the RF monitor scans a specific channel before moving to the next one.
2 To scan all 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz channels, select a uto in Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de . Make sure that the Ac tiva te check box is selected and click O K.
3 Go to the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt screen and set Ra dio 1 O P Mo de (2.4 GHz) and/or Ra dio 2 O P Mo de (5 GHz) to MO N Mo de .
4 Select the Ra dio 1(2) Pro file that you created in the previous step. Make sure that the Ra dio 1(2) Ac tiva te check box is selected and click Apply.
5 Go to Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to see a list of APs scanned by the RF monitor. 6 Select an AP or APs in the list and click Ma rk a s Ro g ue AP or Ma rk a s Frie ndly AP.
MO N Mo de in NXC - Ma na g e d Zyxe l De vic e s
For NXC-managed Zyxel Devices, do the following steps in the NXC Web Configurator:
1 Create a MO N Pro file in C O NFIG URATIO N > O b je c t > MO N Pro file > Add. Specify a C ha nne l dwe ll tim e to determine how long the RF monitor scans a specific channel before moving to the next one.
2 To scan all 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz channels, select a uto in Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de . Make sure that the Ac tiva te check box is selected and click O K.
3 Go to the C O NFIG URATIO N > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt > Mg m t. AP List > Edit screen and/or set Ra dio 1 O P Mo de (2.4 GHz) and Ra dio 2 O P Mo de (5 GHz) to MO N Mo de .
4 Select the Ra dio 1(2) Pro file that you created in the previous step. Select O ve rride G ro up Ra dio Se tting and click O K.
5 Go to MO NITO R > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to see a list of APs scanned by the RF monitor. 6 Select an AP or APs in the list and click Ma rk a s Ro g ue AP or Ma rk a s Frie ndly AP.
NWA50AX User's Guide
15

Chapter 1 Introduction
7 To quarantine a rogue AP, go to C O NFIG URATIO N > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP, select the APs you want to quarantine, and click C o nta inm e nt. Make sure the Ena b le Ro g ue AP C o nta inm e nt check box is selected, and click Apply.
1.3 Sa m ple Fe a ture Applic a tio ns
This section describes some possible scenarios and topologies that you can set up using your Zyxel Device.
1.3.1 MBSSID
A Basic Service Set (BSS) is the set of devices forming a single wireless network (usually an access point and one or more wireless clients). The Service Set IDentifier (SSID) is the name of a BSS. In Multiple BSS (MBSSID) mode, the Zyxel Device provides multiple virtual APs, each forming its own BSS and using its own individual SSID profile. You can configure multiple SSID profiles, and have all of them active at any one time. You can assign different wireless and security settings to each SSID profile. This allows you to compartmentalize groups of users, set varying access privileges, and prioritize network traffic to and from certain BSSs. To the wireless clients in the network, each SSID appears to be a different access point. As in any wireless network, clients can associate only with the SSIDs for which they have the correct security settings. For example, you might want to set up a wireless network in your office where Internet telephony (VoIP) users have priority. You also want a regular wireless network for standard users, as well as a `guest' wireless network for visitors. In the following figure, Vo IP_SSID users have QoS priority, SSID01 is the wireless network for standard users, and G ue st_SSID is the wireless network for guest users. In this example, the guest user is forbidden access to the wired Land Area Network (LAN) behind the AP and can access only the Internet.
NWA50AX User's Guide
16

Fig ure 3 Multiple BSSs

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.3.2 Dua l- Ra dio
Some of the Zyxel Device models are equipped with dual wireless radios. This means you can configure two different wireless networks to operate simultaneously. Note: A different channel should be configured for each WLAN interface to reduce the
effects of radio interference. You could use the 2.4 GHz band for regular Internet surfing and downloading while using the 5 GHz band for time sensitive traffic like high-definition video, music, and gaming.
NWA50AX User's Guide
17

Chapter 1 Introduction Fig ure 4 Dual-Radio Application

1.4 Zyxe l De vic e Pro duc t Fe a ture

The following table lists the features of the Zyxel Device..

Table 1 Zyxel Device Product Feature Table
FEA TURES Supported Wireless Standards
Supported Frequency Bands Available Security Modes
Number of SSID Profiles Number of Wireless Radios Monitor Mode & Rogue APs ContainmentA Rogue AP Detection WDS (Wireless Distribution System) - Root AP & Repeater Modes Tunnel Forwarding Mode Layer-2 Isolation Supported PoE Standards Power Detection External Antennas Internal Antennas

NWA 5 0 A X IEEE 802.11a IEEE802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac IEEE802.11ax
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX Enhanced-open WPA3-personal
64 2 No Yes
Yes
No No IEEE 802.3at Yes No Yes

NWA50AX User's Guide
18

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1 Zyxel Device Product Feature Table (continued)

FEA TURES Antenna Switch

NWA 5 0 A X No

Console Port LED Locator LED Suppression

4-Pin Serial Yes Yes

AC (AP Controller) Discovery

No

NebulaFlex PRO

No

NCC Discovery

Yes

802.11r Fast Roaming Support

Yes

802.11k/v Assisted Roaming

Yes

Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)

No

USB Port for BLE

No

Ethernet Storm Control

No

Grounding

No

Power Jack

Yes

Maximum number of log messages

512 event logs

A. For NXC managed devices only. See the NXC User's Guide for details.

NWA50AX User's Guide
19

Chapter 2 AP Management
C HA PTER 2 AP Ma na g e m e nt

2.1 Ma na g e m e nt Mo de

The Zyxel Device is a unified AP and can be managed by the NCC or work as a standalone device. We recommend you use NCC to manage multiple APs (see the NCC User's Guide).

Note: Not all models can be managed by NCC or an AC. See Section 1.4 on page 18 to check whether your product supports these.

The following table shows the default IP addresses and firmware upload methods for different management modes.

Table 2 Zyxel Device Management Mode Comparison

MANAG EMENTMO DE

DEFAULTIP ADDRESS

Nebula Control Center

Dynamic

Standalone

Dynamic or Static (192.168.1.2)

UPLO AD FIRMWARE VIA NCC Portal
Built-in Web Configurator

When the Zyxel Device is in standalone mode and connects to a DHCP server, it uses the IP address assigned by the DHCP server. Otherwise, the Zyxel Device uses the default static management IP address (192.168.1.2). You can use the NC C Disc o ve ry screen to allow the Zyxel Device to be managed by the NCC.
When the Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC, it acts as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the NCC. It can be configured ONLY by the NCC. To change the Zyxel Device back to standalone mode, use the Re se t button to restore the default configuration. Alternatively, you need to check the NCC for the Zyxel Device's IP address and use FTP to upload the default configuration file at conf/ system-default.conf to the Zyxel Device and reboot the device.

2.1.1 Sta nda lo ne
When working in standalone mode, the Zyxel Device is configured mainly with its built-in Web Configurator. You can only connect to and set up one Zyxel Device at a time in this mode.
See Chapter 5 on page 42 for detailed information about the standalone Web Configurator screens.

2.1.2 Ne b ula C o ntro l C e nte r
In this mode, which is also called cloud mode, you can manage and monitor the Zyxel Device through the Zyxel Nebula cloud-based network management system. This means you can manage devices remotely without the need of connecting to each device directly. It offers many features to better manage and monitor not just the Zyxel Device, but your network as a whole, including supported
NWA50AX User's Guide
20

Chapter 2 AP Management

switches and gateways. Your network can also be managed through your smartphone using the Nebula Mobile app. See Section 23.1 on page 186 for an example NCC managed network topology.

NCC allows different levels of management. You can configure each device on its own or configure a set of devices together as a site. You can also monitor groups of sites called organizations, as shown below.

Table 3 NCC Management Levels
Organization

Site A

Device A-1

Device A-2

Device B-1

Site B

Device B-2

It graphically presents your device/network statistics and shows an overview of your network topology, as shown in the following figure. It also sends reports, alerts, and notifications for events, such as when a site goes offline.
Fig ure 5 Traffic Monitoring Graph From NCC

NWA50AX User's Guide
21

Chapter 2 AP Management
See the NCC (Nebula Control Center) User's Guide for how to configure Nebula managed devices. See Chapter 24 on page 189 if you want to change the Zyxel Device's VLAN setting or manually set its IP address. Note: Make sure your network firewall allows TCP ports 443, 4335, and 6667 as well as UDP port
123 so the device can connect to and sync with the NCC.
2.2 Switc hing Ma na g e m e nt Mo de s
The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode by default, with NCC and/or AC discovery enabled.
Sta nda lo ne - to - NC C
Register the Zyxel Device at the NCC website and then turn on the Zyxel Device. Make sure that NC C Disc o ve ry is enabled (see Section 9.4 on page 73). The NCC manages the Zyxel Device automatically when it is discovered.
NC C - to - Sta nda lo ne
Unregister the Zyxel Device from the NCC organization/site. Reset the Zyxel Device to factory defaults (see Section 26.6 on page 205).
2.3 Zyxe l O ne Ne two rk (ZO N) Utility
ZON Utility is a program designed to help you deploy and manage a network more efficiently. It detects devices automatically and allows you to do basic settings on devices in the network without having to be near it. The ZON Utility issues requests via Zyxel Discovery Protocol (ZDP) and in response to the query, the device responds back with basic information including IP address, firmware version, location, system and model name in the same broadcast domain. The information is then displayed in the ZON Utility screen and you can perform tasks like basic configuration of the devices and batch firmware upgrade in it. You can download the ZON Utility at www.zyxel.com and install it on your computer (Windows operating system).
2.3.1 Re q uire m e nts
Before installing the ZON Utility on your PC, please make sure it meets the requirements listed below.
O pe ra ting Syste m
At the time of writing, the ZON Utility is compatible with: · Windows 7 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Windows 8 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Windows 8.1 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Window 10 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions)
NWA50AX User's Guide
22

Note: To check for your Windows operating system version, right-click on My C o m pute r > Pro pe rtie s. You should see this information in the G e ne ra l tab.
Note: It is suggested that you install Npcap, the packet capture library for Windows operating systems, and remove WinPcap or any other installed packet capture tools before you install the ZON utility.
Ha rdwa re
Here are the minimum hardware requirements to use the ZON Utility on your PC. · Core i3 processor · 2 GB RAM · 100 MB free hard disk · WXGA (Wide XGA 1280x800)
2.3.2 Run the ZO N Utility
1 Double-click the ZON Utility to run it. 2 The first time you run the ZON Utility, you will see if your device and firmware version support the ZON
Utility. Click the O K button to close this screen. Fig ure 6 Supported Devices and Versions
If you want to check the supported models and firmware versions later, you can click the Sho w info rm a tio n a bo ut ZO N icon in the upper right hand corner of the screen. Then select the Suppo rte d
NWA50AX User's Guide
23

Chapter 2 AP Management m o de l a nd firmwa re ve rsio n link. If your device is not listed here, see the device release notes for ZON utility support. The release notes are in the firmware zip file on the Zyxel web site. Fig ure 7 ZON Utility Screen
3 Select a network adapter to which your supported devices are connected. Fig ure 8 Network Adapter
4 Click the G o button for the ZON Utility to discover all supported devices in your network. Fig ure 9 Discovery
5 The ZON Utility screen shows the devices discovered.
NWA50AX User's Guide
24

Chapter 2 AP Management Fig ure 10 ZON Utility Screen
6 Select a device and then use the icons to perform actions. Some functions may not be available for your devices. Note: You must know the selected device admin password before taking actions on the device using the ZON utility icons. Fig ure 11 Password Prompt

The following table describes the icons numbered from left to right in the ZON Utility screen.

Table 4 ZON Utility Icons

IC O N

DESC RIPTIO N

1 IP Configuration

Change the selected device's IP address.

2 Renew IP Address

Update a DHCP-assigned dynamic IP address.

3 Reboot Device

Use this icon to restart the selected device(s). This may be useful when troubleshooting or upgrading new firmware.

4 Reset Configuration to Default

Use this icon to reload the factory-default configuration file. This means that you will lose all previous configurations.

5 Locator LED

Use this icon to locate the selected device by causing its Lo c a to r LED to blink.

6 Web GUI

Use this to access the selected device Web Configurator from your browser. You will need a username and password to log in.

7 Firmware Upgrade

Use this icon to upgrade new firmware to selected device(s) of the same model. Make sure you have downloaded the firmware from the Zyxel website to your computer and unzipped it in advance.

8 Change Password

Use this icon to change the admin password of the selected device. You must know the current admin password before changing to a new one.

NWA50AX User's Guide
25

Chapter 2 AP Management

Table 4 ZON Utility Icons (continued)

IC O N

DESC RIPTIO N

9 Configure NCC Discovery

You must have Internet access to use this feature. Use this icon to enable or disable the Nebula Control Center (NCC) discovery feature on the selected device. If it is enabled, the selected device will try to connect to the NCC. Once the selected device is connected to and has registered in the NCC, it will go into the Nebula cloud management mode.

10 ZAC

Use this icon to run the Zyxel AP Configurator of the selected AP.

11 Clear and Rescan

Use this icon to clear the list and discover all devices on the connected network again.

12 Save Configuration

Use this icon to save configuration changes to permanent memory on a selected device.

13 Settings

Use this icon to select a network adapter for the computer on which the ZON utility is installed, and the utility language.

The following table describes the fields in the ZON Utility main screen.

Table 5 ZON Utility Fields

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Type

This field displays an icon of the kind of device discovered.

Model

This field displays the model name of the discovered device.

Firmware Version

This field displays the firmware version of the discovered device.

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the discovered device.

IP Address

This field displays the IP address of an internal interface on the discovered device that first received an ZDP discovery request from the ZON utility.

System Name

This field displays the system name of the discovered device.

Location

This field displays where the discovered device is.

Status

This field displays whether changes to the discovered device have been done successfully. As the Zyxel Device does not support IP C o nfig ura tio n, Re ne w IP a ddre ss and Fla sh Lo c a to r LED, this field displays "Update failed", "Not support Renew IP address" and "Not support Flash Locator LED" respectively.

NCC Discovery

This field displays if the discovered device supports the Nebula Control Center (NCC) discovery feature. If it's enabled, the selected device will try to connect to the NCC. Once the selected device is connected to and has registered in the NCC, it'll go into the Nebula cloud management mode.

Serial Number

Enter the admin password of the discovered device to display its serial number.

Hardware Version

This field displays the hardware version of the discovered device.

2.4 Wa ys to Ac c e ss the Zyxe l De vic e
You can use the following ways to configure the Zyxel Device.
We b C o nfig ura to r
The Web Configurator allows easy Zyxel Device setup and management using an Internet browser. If your Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC or an AC, use this only for troubleshooting if you cannot connect to the Internet. This User's Guide provides information about the Web Configurator.

NWA50AX User's Guide
26

Chapter 2 AP Management
NC C
This is the primary means by which you manage the Zyxel Device in cloud (NCC) mode. With the NCC, you can remotely manage and monitor the Zyxel Device through a cloud-based network management system. See the NCC User's Guide for more information.
ZO N Utility
Zyxel One Network (ZON) Utility is a utility tool that assists you to set up and maintain network devices in a simple and efficient way. You can download the ZON Utility at www.zyxel.com and install it on your computer (Windows operating system). For more information on ZON Utility see Section 2.3 on page 22.
C o m m a nd- Line Inte rfa c e (C LI)
The CLI allows you to use text-based commands to configure the Zyxel Device. You can access it using remote management (for example, SSH or Telnet) or via the console port. See the Command Reference Guide for more information.
File Tra nsfe r Pro to c o l (FTP)
This protocol can be used for firmware upgrades and configuration backup and restore.
2.5 G o o d Ha b its fo r Ma na g ing the Zyxe l De vic e
Do the following things regularly to make the Zyxel Device more secure and to manage it more effectively. · Change the password often. Use a password that's not easy to guess and that consists of different
types of characters, such as numbers and letters. · Write down the password and put it in a safe place. · Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Restoring an earlier working
configuration may be useful if the Zyxel Device becomes unstable or even crashes. If you forget your password, you will have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you will not have to totally re-configure the Zyxel Device; you can simply restore your last configuration.
NWA50AX User's Guide
27

Chapter 3 Hardware
C HA PTER 3 Ha rdwa re
See the Quick Start Guide for hardware installation and connections.
3.1 Zyxe l De vic e Sing le LED
The LED of the Zyxel Device can be controlled by using the suppression feature such that the LEDs stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. Refer to Chapter 20 on page 180 for the LED Suppre ssio n and Lo c a to r menus in standalone mode.
3.1.1 Zyxe l De vic e LED
Fig ure 12 NWA50AX LED
NWA50AX User's Guide
28

Chapter 3 Hardware

The following are the LED descriptions for your Zyxel Device.

Table 6 Zyxel Device LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The Zyxel Device is booting up or is connecting with NCC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is discovering the NCC or an AC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 2 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC but the uplink is disconnected.

Green

Slow Blinking (On for 1 second, Off for 1 second)

The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or fails, the Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the Zyxel Device is configured to be managed by NCC but is not yet registered with the NCC.

Green

Steady On

The Zyxel Device is ready for use, the Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, and/or wireless clients are connected to the Zyxel Device.

Bright Blue Steady On

The Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, but there are no wireless clients connected.

Blue

Slow Blinking (Blink for 1 time, Off for 1 second)

The Zyxel Device is performing a Channel Availability Check (CAC) with Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) to monitor a channel for radar signals.

Red

On

The Zyxel Device failed to boot up or is experiencing system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 milliseconds, Off for 50 milliseconds)

The Zyxel Device is undergoing firmware upgrade.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 times, Off for 3 seconds)

The Uplink port of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is disconnected.

NWA50AX User's Guide
29

C HA PTER 4 We b C o nfig ura to r
4.1 O ve rvie w
The Web Configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy system setup and management via internet browser. Use a browser that supports HTML5, such Internet Explorer 11, Mozilla Firefox, or Google Chrome. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels. In order to use the Web Configurator you need to allow: · Web browser pop-up windows from your device. · JavaScript (enabled by default). · Java permissions (enabled by default).
4.2 Ac c e ssing the We b C o nfig ura to r
1 Make sure your Zyxel Device hardware is properly connected. See the Quick Start Guide. 2 If the Zyxel Device and your computer are not connected to a DHCP server, make sure your computer's
IP address is in the range between "192.168.1.3" and "192.168.1.254". 3 Browse to the Zyxel Device's DHCP-assigned IP address or http://192.168.1.2. The Lo g in screen appears. If
you are in NCC mode, check the NCC's AP > Mo nito r > Ac c e ss Po int screen for the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address.
NWA50AX User's Guide
30

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
If a Zyxel Device is in standalone mode and supports NCC, the login page displays as shown in the following figure.
Click Ne bula Mo de to show the following screen. Here, you can watch a tutorial for using the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC) or access the link to the NCC, as shown in the following figure. Otherwise, continue with the next step. The NCC is a cloud-based network management system that allows you to
NWA50AX User's Guide
31

Chapter 4 Web Configurator remotely manage and monitor the Zyxel Device (see Section 2.1.2 on page 20).
If you want to return to the login page, click Sta nda lo ne Mo de and follow the next steps. 4 Enter the user name (default: "admin") and password (default: "1234"). If the Zyxel Device is being
managed or has been managed by the NCC, check the NCC's Site - Wide > C o nfig ure > G e ne ra l se tting screen for the Zyxel Device's current password. 5 Select the language you prefer for the Web Configurator. Click Lo g in. 6 The wizard screen opens when the Zyxel Device is accessed for the first time or when you reset the Zyxel Device to its default factory settings. 7 If you logged in using the default user name and password, the Upda te Admin Info screen appears. Otherwise, the dashboard appears.
The Upda te Adm in Info screen appears every time you log in using the default user name and default password. If you change the password for the default user account, this screen does not appear anymore.
NWA50AX User's Guide
32

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3 Na vig a ting the We b C o nfig ura to r
The following summarizes how to navigate the Web Configurator from the Da shbo a rd screen. The following figures show the Da shbo a rd screen for standalone mode and for cloud (NCC) mode. The screen is different for standalone mode and cloud (NCC) mode and may vary slightly for different models. Fig ure 13 The Web Configurator's Main Screen for Standalone Mode
Fig ure 14 The Web Configurator's Main Screen for Cloud Mode
The Web Configurator's main screen is divided into these parts: · A - Title Bar · B - Navigation Panel · C - Main Window
NWA50AX User's Guide
33

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3.1 Title Ba r
The title bar provides some useful links that always appear over the screens below, regardless of how deep into the Web Configurator you navigate. If your Zyxel Device is in NCC mode, not all icons will be available in the Title Bar. Fig ure 15 Title Bar

The icons provide the following functions.

Table 7 Title Bar: Web Configurator Icons

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Wizard

Click this to open the wizard. See Chapter 7 on page 49 for more information.

Help

Click this to open the help page for the current screen.

Forum

Click this to go to Zyxel Biz User Forum, where you can get the latest Zyxel Device information and have conversations with other people by posting your messages.

Site Map

Click this to see an overview of links to the Web Configurator screens.

CLI

Click this to open a popup window that displays the CLI commands sent by the Web

Configurator.

Logout

Click this to log out of the Web Configurator.

nebula

Click this to open the NCC web site login page in a new tab or window.

Site Ma p
Click Site MAP to see an overview of links to the Web Configurator screens. Click a screen's link to go to that screen.
Fig ure 16 Site Map

NWA50AX User's Guide
34

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
C LI Me ssa g e s
Click C LI to look at the CLI commands sent by the Web Configurator. These commands appear in a popup window, such as the following. Fig ure 17 CLI Messages
Click C le a r to remove the currently displayed information. Note: See the Command Reference Guide for information about the commands.
4.3.2 Na vig a tio n Pa ne l
Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure Zyxel Device features. Click the arrow in the middle of the right edge of the navigation panel to hide the navigation panel menus or drag it to resize them. The following sections introduce the Zyxel Device's navigation panel menus and their screens. Fig ure 18 Navigation Panel
4.3.3 Sta nda lo ne Mo de Na vig a tio n Pa ne l Me nus
The following are the screens available in standalone mode. Note that some screens may not be available for your Zyxel Device model. See Section 1.4 on page 18 to see which features your Zyxel Device model supports.
NWA50AX User's Guide
35

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

Da shb o a rd
The dashboard displays general device information, system status, system resource usage, and interface status in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs.
For details on the Dashboard's features, see Chapter 6 on page 44.

Mo nito r Me nu

The monitor menu screens display status and statistics information.

Table 8 Monitor Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK

TA B

FUNC TIO N

Network Status

Network Status

Display general LAN interface information and packet statistics.

Wireless

AP Information

Radio List

Display information about the radios of the connected APs.

Station Info

Station List

Display information about the connected stations.

WDS Link Info

WDS Link Info Display statistics about the Zyxel Device's WDS (Wireless Distribution System) connections.

Detected Device

Detected Device

Display information about suspected rogue APs.

Log

View Log

Display log entries for the Zyxel Device.

C o nfig ura tio n Me nu

Use the configuration menu screens to configure the Zyxel Device's features.

Table 9 Configuration Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

Network

IP Setting

Configure the IP address for the Zyxel Device Ethernet interface.

VLAN

Manage the Ethernet interface VLAN settings.

NCC Discovery

Configure proxy server settings to access the NCC.

Wireless

AP Management

WLAN Setting

Manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings.

Rogue AP

Rogue/Friendly AP List

Configure how the Zyxel Device monitors for rogue APs.

DCS

DCS

Configure dynamic wireless channel selection.

Object

User

User

Create and manage users.

Setting

Manage default settings for all users, general settings for user sessions, and rules to force user authentication.

AP Profile

Radio

Create and manage wireless radio settings files that can be associated with different APs.

SSID

Create and manage wireless SSID, security, MAC filtering, and layer-2 isolation files that can be associated with different APs.

MON Profile

MON Profile

Create and manage rogue AP monitoring files that can be associated with different APs.

NWA50AX User's Guide
36

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

Table 9 Configuration Menu Screens Summary (continued)

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

WDS Profile

WDS

Create and manage WDS profiles that can be used to connect to different APs in WDS.

Certificate

My Certificates

Create and manage th e Zyxel Device's certificates.

Trusted Certificates Import and manage certificates from trusted sources.

System

Host Name

Host Name

Configure the system and domain name for the Zyxel Device.

Power Mode

Power Mode

Configure the Zyxel Device's power settings.

Date/Time

Date/Time

Configure the current date, time, and time zone in the Zyxel Device.

WWW

Service Control

Configure HTTP, HTTPS, and general authentication.

SSH

SSH

Configure SSH server and SSH service settings.

FTP

FTP

Configure FTP server settings.

Log & Report

Log Setting

Log Setting

Configure the system log, e-mail logs, and remote syslog servers.

Ma inte na nc e Me nu

Use the maintenance menu screens to manage configuration and firmware files, run diagnostics, and reboot or shut down the Zyxel Device.

Table 10 Maintenance Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

File Manager

Configuration File Manage and upload configuration files for the Zyxel Device.

Firmware Package View the current firmware version and to upload firmware.

Shell Script

Manage and run shell script files for the Zyxel Device.

Diagnostics

Diagnostics

Collect diagnostic information.

LEDs

Suppression

Enable this feature to keep the LEDs off after the Zyxel Device starts.

Locator

Enable this feature to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.

Antenna

Antenna Switch

Change antenna orientation for the radios.

Reboot

Reboot

Restart the Zyxel Device.

Shutdown

Shutdown

Turn off the Zyxel Device.

4.3.4 C lo ud Mo de Na vig a tio n Pa ne l Me nus
If your Zyxel Device is in NCC mode, you only need to use the Web Configurator for troubleshooting if your Zyxel Device cannot connect to the Internet.
Da shb o a rd
The dashboard displays general Zyxel Device information, and AP information in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs. For details on the Dashboard's features, see Chapter 23 on page 187.

NWA50AX User's Guide
37

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

C o nfig ura tio n Me nu

Use the configuration menu screens to configure the Zyxel Device's features.

Table 11 Configuration Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

Network

IP Setting

Configure the IP address for the Zyxel Device Ethernet interface.

VLAN

Manage the Ethernet interface VLAN settings.

4.3.5 Ta b le s a nd Lists
The Web Configurator tables and lists are quite flexible and provide several options for how to display their entries.
4.3.5.1 Ma nipula ting Ta b le Displa y
Here are some of the ways you can manipulate the Web Configurator tables.
1 Click a column heading to sort the table's entries according to that column's criteria.

2 Click the down arrow next to a column heading for more options about how to display the entries. The options available vary depending on the type of fields in the column. Here are some examples of what you can do:
· Sort in ascending alphabetical order · Sort in descending (reverse) alphabetical order · Select which columns to display · Group entries by field · Show entries in groups · Filter by mathematical operators (<, >, or =) or searching for text.

NWA50AX User's Guide
38

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
3 Select a column heading cell's right border and drag to re-size the column.
4 Select a column heading and drag and drop it to change the column order. A green check mark displays next to the column's title when you drag the column to a valid new location.
5 Use the icons and fields at the bottom of the table to navigate to different pages of entries and control how many entries display at a time.
NWA50AX User's Guide
39

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3.5.2 Wo rking with Ta b le Entrie s
The tables have icons for working with table entries. A sample is shown next. You can often use the [Shift] or [Ctrl] key to select multiple entries to remove, activate, or deactivate. Fig ure 19 Common Table Icons

Here are descriptions for the most common table icons.

Table 12 Common Table Icons

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to create a new entry. For features where the entry's position in the numbered list is important (features where the Zyxel Device applies the table's entries in order like the firewall for example), you can select an entry and click Add to create a new entry after the selected entry.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Remove

To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.

Activate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te .

Inactivate Object Reference

To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .
Select an entry and click O bje c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.

NWA50AX User's Guide
40

PA RT I
Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n
41

C HA PTER 5 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n
5.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode by default. Use the web configurator to manage and configure the Zyxel Device directly. As shown in the following figure, wireless clients can connect to the Zyxel Device (A) to access network resources.

5.2 Sta rting a nd Sto pping the Zyxe l De vic e

Here are some of the ways to start and stop the Zyxel Device.

Alwa ys use Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn o r the shutdown c o m m a nd
b e fo re yo u turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e o r re m o ve the po we r. No t do ing so c a n c a use the firm wa re to b e c o m e c o rrupt.

Table 13 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device

METHO D

DESC RIPTIO N

Turning on the power

A cold start occurs when you turn on the power to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device powers up, checks the hardware, and starts the system processes.

Rebooting the Zyxel Device

A warm start (without powering down and powering up again) occurs when you use the Re bo o t button in the Re bo o t screen or when you use the reboot command. The Zyxel Device writes all cached data to the local storage, stops the system processes, and then does a warm start.

NWA50AX User's Guide
42

Chapter 5 Standalone Configuration

Table 13 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device

METHO D

DESC RIPTIO N

Using the RESET button

If you press the RESETbutton on the back of the Zyxel Device, the Zyxel Device sets the configuration to its default values and then reboots. See Section 26.6 on page 205 for more information.

Clicking Ma inte na nc e
> Shutdo wn >
Shutdo wn or using the shutdown command
Disconnecting the power

Clicking Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn > Shutdo wn or using the shutdown command writes all cached data to the local storage and stops the system processes. Wait for the Zyxel Device to shut down and then manually turn off or remove the power. It does not turn off the power.
Power off occurs when you turn off the power to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device simply turns off. It does not stop the system processes or write cached data to local storage.

The Zyxel Device does not stop or start the system processes when you apply configuration files or run shell scripts although you may temporarily lose access to network resources.

NWA50AX User's Guide
43

C HA PTER 6 Da shb o a rd
6.1 O ve rvie w
This screen displays general device information, system status, system resource usage, and interface status in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs. You can also collapse, refresh, and close individual widgets. Fig ure 20 Dashboard

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 14 Dashboard

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Widget Settings (A) Use this link to re-open closed widgets. Widgets that are already open appear grayed out.

Refresh Time Setting Set the interval for refreshing the information displayed in the widget. (B)

Refresh Now (C)

Click this to update the widget's information immediately.

Close Widget (D)

Click this to close the widget. Use Widg e t Se tting s to re-open it.

Device Information

System Name

This field displays the name used to identify the Zyxel Device on any network. Click the icon to open the screen where you can change it.

System Location This field displays the location of the Zyxel Device. Click the icon to open the screen where you can change it.

Model Name

This field displays the model name of this Zyxel Device.

Serial Number

This field displays the serial number of this Zyxel Device.

NWA50AX User's Guide
44

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 14 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC Address Range

This field displays the MAC addresses used by the Zyxel Device. Each physical port or wireless radio has one MAC address. The first MAC address is assigned to the Ethernet LAN port, the second MAC address is assigned to the first radio, and so on.

Firmware Version This field displays the version number and date of the firmware the Zyxel Device is currently running. Click the icon to open the screen where you can upload firmware.

Last Firmware

This field displays whether the latest firmware update was successfully completed.

Upgrade Status

Last Firmware Upgrade

This field displays the date and time when the last firmware update was made.

System Resources

CPU Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's processing capability is currently being used. Hover your cursor over this field to display the Sho w C PU Usa g e icon that takes you to a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent CPU usage.

Memory Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's RAM is currently being used. Hover your cursor over this field to display the Sho w Me m o ry Usa g e icon that takes you to a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent memory usage.

Flash Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's onboard flash memory is currently being used.

Ethernet Neighbor

Local Port (Description)

This field displays the port of the Zyxel Device, on which the neighboring device is discovered.

Model Name

This field displays the model name of the discovered device.

System Name

This field displays the system name of the discovered device.

FW Version

This field displays the firmware version of the discovered device.

Port (Description) This field displays the discovered device's port which is connected to the Zyxel Device.

IP

This field displays the IP address of the discovered device. Click the IP address to access

and manage the discovered device using its Web Configurator.

MAC

This field displays the MAC address of the discovered device.

WDS (Wireless Distribution System) Uplink/Downlink Status

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Radio

This field displays the radio number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Channel

This field displays the channel number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

SSID

This field displays the name of the wireless network to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Security Mode

This field displays which secure encryption methods is being used by the Zyxel Device to connect to the root AP or repeater using WDS.

Link Status

This field displays the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) and transmission/reception rate of the wireless connection in WDS.

System Status

System Uptime

This field displays how long the Zyxel Device has been running since it last restarted or was turned on.

Current Date/ Time

This field displays the current date and time in the Zyxel Device. The format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss.

Current Login User

This field displays the user name used to log in to the current session, the amount of reauthentication time remaining, and the amount of lease time remaining.

NWA50AX User's Guide
45

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 14 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL Boot Status

DESC RIPTIO N This field displays details about the Zyxel Device's startup state.

O K - The Zyxel Device started up successfully.

Firm wa re upda te O K - A firmware update was successful.

Pro b le m a tic c o nfig ura tio n a fte r firm wa re upda te - The application of the configuration failed after a firmware upgrade.

Syste m de fa ult c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device successfully applied the system default configuration. This occurs when the Zyxel Device starts for the first time or you intentionally reset the Zyxel Device to the system default settings.

Fa llb a c k to la stg o o d c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device was unable to apply the startupconfig.conf configuration file and fell back to the lastgood.conf configuration file.

Fa llb a c k to syste m de fa ult c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device was unable to apply the lastgood.conf configuration file and fell back to the system default configuration file (system-default.conf).

Management Mode Interface Status Summary
Name Status

Bo o ting in pro g re ss - The Zyxel Device is still applying the system configuration. This shows whether the Zyxel Device is set to work as a stand alone AP.
If an Ethernet interface does not have any physical ports associated with it, its entry is displayed in light gray text. Click the De ta il icon to go to a (more detailed) summary screen of interface statistics. This field displays the name of each interface. This field displays the current status of each interface. The possible values depend on what type of interface it is.

Ina c tive - The Ethernet interface is disabled.

Do wn - The Ethernet interface is enabled but not connected.

VID IP Addr/Netmask
IP Assignment

Spe e d / Duple x - The Ethernet interface is enabled and connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the VLAN ID to which the interface belongs.
This field displays the current IP address and subnet mask assigned to the interface. If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, the interface is disabled or did not receive an IP address and subnet mask via DHCP.
This field displays how the interface gets its IP address.

Sta tic - This interface has a static IP address.

Action

DHC P C lie nt - This interface gets its IP address from a DHCP server. If the interface has a static IP address, this shows n/ a .

WLAN Interface Status Summary
Status MAC Address Radio Band

If the interface has a dynamic IP address, use this field to get or to update the IP address for the interface. Click Re ne w to send a new DHCP request to a DHCP server. This displays status information for the WLAN interface.
This displays whether or not the WLAN interface is activated. This displays the MAC address of the radio. This indicates the radio number on the Zyxel Device. This indicates the wireless frequency band currently being used by the radio.

OP Mode

This shows - when the radio is in monitor mode.
This indicates the radio's operating mode. Operating modes are AP (MBSSID), MO N (monitor), Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r.

NWA50AX User's Guide
46

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 14 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL Channel Antenna

DESC RIPTIO N This indicates the channel number the radio is using. This indicates the antenna orientation for the radio (Wa ll or C e iling ).

Station AP Information All Sensed Device
Un-Classified AP Rogue AP Friendly AP

This field is not available if the Zyxel Device does not allow you to adjust antenna orientation for the Zyxel Device's radio(s) using the web configurator or a physical switch. Refer to Section 1.4 on page 18 to see if your Zyxel Device has an antenna switch.
This displays the number of wireless clients connected to the Zyxel Device.
This shows a summary of connected wireless Access Points (APs).
This sections displays a summary of all wireless devices detected by the network. Click the link to go to the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen.
This displays the number of detected unclassified APs.
This displays the number of detected rogue APs.
This displays the number of detected friendly APs.

6.1.1 C PU Usa g e
Use this screen to look at a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent CPU usage. To access this screen, click C PU Usa g e in the dashboard.
Fig ure 21 Dashboard > CPU Usage

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 15 Dashboard > CPU Usage

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

%

The y-axis represents the percentage of CPU usage.

time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the CPU usage occurred.

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

NWA50AX User's Guide
47

Chapter 6 Dashboard
6.1.2 Me m o ry Usa g e
Use this screen to look at a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent memory (RAM) usage. To access this screen, click Me m o ry Usa g e in the dashboard. Fig ure 22 Dashboard > Memory Usage

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 16 Dashboard > Memory Usage

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

%

The y-axis represents the percentage of RAM usage.

time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the RAM usage occurred

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

NWA50AX User's Guide
48

C HA PTER 7 Se tup Wiza rd
7.1 Ac c e ssing the Wiza rd
When you log into the Web Configurator for the first time or when you reset the Zyxel Device to its default configuration, the wizard screen displays. Note: If you have already configured the wizard screens and want to open it again, click the
Wiza rd icon on the upper right corner of any Web Configurator screen.
7.2 Using the Wiza rd
This wizard helps you configure the Zyxel Device IP address, change time zone, daylight saving and radio settings, and edit an SSID profile to change general wireless and wireless security settings.
7.2.1 Ste p 1 Tim e Se tting s
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's country code, time zone and daylight saving time. · C o untry C o de : Select the country where the Zyxel Device is located. Note: The country code field is not available and you cannot change the country code if the
Zyxel Device products comply with the U.S. laws, policies and regulations and are to be sold to the U.S. market. · Tim e Zo ne : Select the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). · Ena ble Da ylig ht Sa ving : Select the option if you use Daylight Saving Time. Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts and ends. · O ffse t allows you to specify how much the clock changes when daylight saving begins and ends. Enter a number from 1 to 5.5 (by 0.5 increments). Click Ne xt to proceed. Click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving.
NWA50AX User's Guide
49

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 23 Wizard: Time Settings
7.2.2 Ste p 2 Pa sswo rd a nd Uplink C o nne c tio n
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's system password and IP address. C ha ng e Pa sswo rd: Enter a new password and retype it to confirm. Uplink C o nne c tio n: Select Auto (DHC P) if the Zyxel Device is connected to a router with the DHCP server enabled. You then need to check the router for the IP address assigned to the Zyxel Device in order to access the Zyxel Device's Web Configurator again. Otherwise, select Sta tic IP when the Zyxel Device is NOT connected to a router or you want to assign it a fixed IP address. You will need to manually enter: · the Zyxel Device's IP address and subnet mask. · the IP address of the router that helps forward traffic. · a DNS server's IP address. The Domain Name System (DNS) maps a domain name to an IP address
and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it. Click Pre v to return to the previous screen. Click Ne xt to proceed. Click Ca nc e l to close the wizard without saving.
NWA50AX User's Guide
50

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 24 Wizard: Change Password and Uplink Connection
7.2.3 Ste p 3 Ra dio
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's radio transmitter(s). · C ha nne l Se le c tio n: Select Auto to have the Zyxel Device automatically choose a radio channel that
has least interference. Otherwise, select Ma nua l and specify a channel the Zyxel Device will use in the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz wireless LAN. The options vary depending on the frequency band and the country you are in. · Ma xim um O utput Po we r: Enter the maximum output power of the Zyxel Device. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs. Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius. Click Pre v to return to the previous screen. Click Ne xt to proceed. Click Ca nc e l to close the wizard without saving. Fig ure 25 Wizard: Radio
NWA50AX User's Guide
51

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard
7.2.4 Ste p 4 SSID
Use this screen to enable, disable or edit an SSID profile. Select an SSID profile and click the Sta tus switch to turn it on or off. To change an SSID profile's settings, such as the SSID (WiFi network name) and WiFi password, double-click the SSID profile entry from the list. See Section 7.2.4.1 on page 52 for more information. Note: You cannot add or remove an SSID profile after running the setup wizard. Fig ure 26 Wizard: SSID
7.2.4.1 Edit SSID Pro file
Use this screen to configure an SSID profile. The screen varies depending on the security type you selected. · SSID: Enter a descriptive name of up to 32 printable characters for the wireless LAN. · VLAN ID: Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device to use to tag traffic originating from this SSID.
Ba nd Mo de : Select the wireless band which this profile should use. 2.4 GHz is the frequency used by IEEE 802.11b/g/n wireless clients. 5 GHz is the frequency used by IEEE 802.11ac/a/n wireless clients. · Se c urity Type : Select WPA2 to add security on this wireless network. Otherwise, select O PEN to allow any wireless client to associate this network without authentication. · Pe rso na l: If you set Se c urity Type to WPA2 and select Pe rso na l, enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters. Click O K to proceed. Click Ca nc e l to close the screen without saving.
7.2.5 Sum m a ry
Use this screen to check whether what you have configured is correct. Click Sa ve to apply your settings and complete the wizard setup. Otherwise, click Pre v to return to the previous screen or click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving.
NWA50AX User's Guide
52

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 27 Wizard: Summary
NWA50AX User's Guide
53

C HA PTER 8 Mo nito r
8.1 O ve rvie w
Use the Mo nito r screens to check status and statistics information.
8.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ne two rk Sta tus screen (Section 8.3 on page 55) displays general LAN interface information and packet statistics.
· The AP Info rm a tio n > Ra dio List screen (Section 8.4 on page 57) displays statistics about the wireless radio transmitters in the Zyxel Device.
· The Sta tio n Info screen (Section 8.5 on page 61) displays statistics pertaining to the associated stations.
· The WDS Link Info screen (Section 8.6 on page 62) displays statistics about the Zyxel Device's WDS (Wireless Distribution System) connections.
· The De te c te d De vic e screen (Section 8.7 on page 63) displays information about suspected rogue APs.
· The Vie w Lo g screen (Section 8.8 on page 66) displays the Zyxel Device's current log messages. You can change the way the log is displayed, you can e-mail the log, and you can also clear the log in this screen.
8.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read through the chapter.
Ro g ue AP
Rogue APs are wireless access points operating in a network's coverage area that are not under the control of the network's administrators, and can open up holes in a network's security. See Chapter 13 on page 117 for details.
Frie ndly AP
Friendly APs are other wireless access points that are detected in your network, as well as any others that you know are not a threat (those from neighboring networks, for example). See Chapter 13 on page 117 for details.
NWA50AX User's Guide
54

Chapter 8 Monitor
8.3 Ne two rk Sta tus
Use this screen to look at general Ethernet interface information and packet statistics. To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Ne two rk Sta tus. Fig ure 28 Monitor > Network Status

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 17 Monitor > Network Status

LA BEL
Interface Summary
IPv6 Interface Summary Name Status

DESC RIPTIO N Use the Inte rfa c e Sum m a ry section for IPv4 network settings. Use the IPv6 Inte rfa c e Sum m a ry section for IPv6 network settings if you connect your Zyxel Device to an IPv6 network. Both sections have similar fields as described below.
This field displays the name of the physical Ethernet port on the Zyxel Device. This field displays the current status of each physical port on the Zyxel Device.

Do wn - The port is not connected.

VID IP Addr/Netmask IP Address IP Assignment

Spe e d / Duple x - The port is connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the VLAN ID to which the port belongs.
This field displays the current IP address (and subnet mask) of the interface. If the IP address is 0.0.0.0 (in the IPv4 network) or :: (in the IPv6 network), the interface does not have an IP address yet.
This field displays how the interface gets its IPv4 address.

Sta tic - This interface has a static IPv4 address.

DHC P C lie nt - This interface gets its IPv4 address from a DHCP server.

Action

Use this field to get or to update the IP address for the interface. Click Re ne w to send a new DHCP request to a DHCP server. If the interface cannot use one of these ways to get or to update its IP address, this field displays n/ a .

Port Statistics Table

Poll Interval

Enter how often you want this window to be updated automatically, and click Se t Inte rva l.

NWA50AX User's Guide
55

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 17 Monitor > Network Status (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Set Interval

Click this to set the Po ll Inte rva l the screen uses.

Stop

Click this to stop the window from updating automatically. You can start it again by setting the Po ll Inte rva l and clicking Se t Inte rva l.

Switch to Graphic Click this to display the port statistics as a line graph. View

Name

This field displays the name of the interface.

Status

This field displays the current status of the physical port.

Do wn - The physical port is not connected.

TxPkts RxPkts Tx Bcast Rx Bcast Collisions Tx Rx Up Time System Up Time

Spe e d / Duple x - The physical port is connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the number of packets transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of packets received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of broadcast packets transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of broadcast packets received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of collisions on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the transmission speed, in bytes per second, on the physical port in the onesecond interval before the screen updated.
This field displays the reception speed, in bytes per second, on the physical port in the onesecond interval before the screen updated.
This field displays how long the physical port has been connected.
This field displays how long the Zyxel Device has been running since it last restarted or was turned on.

8.3.1 Po rt Sta tistic s G ra ph
Use the port statistics graph to look at a line graph of packet statistics for the Ethernet port. To view, click Mo nito r > Ne two rk Sta tus and then the Switc h to G ra phic Vie w button.

NWA50AX User's Guide
56

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 29 Monitor > Network Status > Switch to Graphic View

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 18 Monitor > Network Status > Switch to Graphic View

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

Port Selection

Select the Ethernet port for which you want to view the packet statistics.

Switch to Grid View

Click this to display the port statistics as a table.

Kbps/Mbps

The y-axis represents the speed of transmission or reception.

Time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the transmission or reception occurred.

TX

This line represents traffic transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last

connected.

RX

This line represents the traffic received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last

connected.

Last Update

This field displays the date and time the information in the window was last updated.

8.4 Ra dio List
Use this screen to view statistics for the Zyxel Device's wireless radio transmitters. To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > AP Info rm a tio n > Ra dio List.

NWA50AX User's Guide
57

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 30 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (for Zyxel Device that supports WDS)

Fig ure 31 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (for Zyxel Device that does not support WDS)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 19 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List

LA BEL More Information
Status Loading
MAC Address Radio OP Mode
AP/WDS Profile

DESC RIPTIO N
Click this to view additional information about the selected radio's wireless traffic and station count. Information spans a 24 hour period.
This displays whether or not the radio is enabled.
This indicates the AP's load balance status (Unde rLo a d or O ve rLo a d) when load balancing is enabled on the Zyxel Device. Otherwise, it shows - when load balancing is disabled or the radio is in monitor mode.
This displays the MAC address of the radio.
This indicates the radio number on the Zyxel Device to which it belongs.
This indicates the radio's operating mode. Operating modes are AP (MBSSID), MO NITO R, Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r.
This indicates the AP profile name and WDS profile name to which the radio belongs.

Profile

This field is available only on the Zyxel Device that supports WDS. This indicates the AP profile name to which the radio belongs.

Frequency Band

This field is available only on the Zyxel Device that does not support WDS. This indicates the wireless frequency band currently being used by the radio.

Channel Transmit Power Station

This shows - when the radio is in monitor mode. This indicates the radio's channel ID. This displays the output power of the radio. This displays the number of wireless clients connected to this radio on the Zyxel Device.

NWA50AX User's Guide
58

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 19 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Upload

This displays the total number of packets received by the radio.

Download

This displays the total number of packets transmitted by the radio.

Channel Utilization

This indicates how much IEEE 802.11 traffic the radio can receive on the channel. It displays what percentage of the radio's channel is currently being used.

8.4.1 AP Mo de Ra dio Info rm a tio n
This screen allows you to view a selected radio's SSID details, wireless traffic statistics and station count for the preceding 24 hours. To access this window, select a radio and click the Mo re Info rm a tio n button in the Ra dio List screen.

NWA50AX User's Guide
59

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 32 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 20 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Detail

This list shows information about all the wireless clients that have connected to the specified radio over the preceding 24 hours.

#

This is the items sequential number in the list. It has no bearing on the actual data in this list.

NWA50AX User's Guide
60

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 20 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Name

This displays an SSID associated with this radio. There can be up to eight maximum.

BSSID

This displays a BSSID associated with this radio. The BSSID is tied to the SSID.

Security Mode

This displays the security mode in which the SSID is operating.

VLAN

This displays the VLAN ID associated with the SSID.

Traffic Statistics This graph displays the overall traffic information of the radio over the preceding 24 hours.

Kbps/Mbps This y-axis represents the amount of data moved across this radio in megabytes per second.

Time

This x-axis represents the amount of time over which the data moved across this radio.

Station Count

This graph displays the connected station information of the radio over the preceding 24 hours

Stations

The y-axis represents the number of connected stations.

Time

The x-axis shows the time period over which a station was connected.

Last Update This field displays the date and time the information in the window was last updated.

OK

Click this to close this window.

Cancel

Click this to close this window.

8.5 Sta tio n List
Use this screen to view statistics pertaining to the associated stations (or "wireless clients"). Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > Sta tio n Info to access this screen.
Fig ure 33 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 21 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

#

This is the station's index number in this list.

IP Address

This is the station's IP address.

MAC Address

This is the station's MAC address.

Radio

This is the radio number on the Zyxel Device to which the station is connected.

Capability

This displays the supported standard currently being used by the station or the standards supported by the station.

802.11 Features

This displays whether the station supports IEEE802.11r, IEEE 802.11k, IEEE 802.11v or none of the above (N/ A).

NWA50AX User's Guide
61

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 21 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Name

This indicates the name of the wireless network to which the station is connected. A single AP can have multiple SSIDs or networks.

Security Mode

This indicates which secure encryption methods is being used by the station to connect to the network.

Signal Strength This is the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) of the station's wireless connection.

Tx Rate

This is the maximum transmission rate of the station.

Rx Rate

This is the maximum reception rate of the station.

Association Time This displays the time the station first associated with the Zyxel Device's wireless network.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.6 WDS Link Info
Use this screen to view the WDS traffic statistics between the Zyxel Device and a root AP or repeaters. See Section 1.2 on page 12 to know more about WDS. Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > WDS Link Info to access this screen.
Fig ure 34 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 22 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info

LA BEL WDS Uplink Info

DESC RIPTIO N Uplink refers to the WDS link from the repeaters to the root AP.

WDS Downlink Info

Do wnlink refers to the WDS link from the root AP to the repeaters.
When the Zyxel Device is in root AP mode and connected to a repeater, only the downlink information is displayed.

When the Zyxel Device is in repeater mode and connected to a root AP directly or via another repeater, the uplink information is displayed.

When the Zyxel Device is in repeater mode and connected to a root AP and other repeater(s), both the uplink and downlink information would be displayed.

#

This is the index number of the root AP or repeater in this list.

NWA50AX User's Guide
62

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 22 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC Address

This is the MAC address of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Radio

This is the radio number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

SSID Name

This indicates the name of the wireless network to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Security Mode

This indicates which secure encryption methods is being used by the Zyxel Device to connect to the root AP or repeater using WDS.

Signal Strength This is the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) of the wireless connection in WDS.

Tx Rate

This is the maximum transmission rate of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Rx Rate

This is the maximum reception rate of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Association Time This displays the time the Zyxel Device first associated with the wireless network using WDS.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.7 De te c te d De vic e
Use this screen to view information about surrounding APs which you could mark as Rogue or Friendly. Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to access this screen. Not all Zyxel Devices support monitor mode (see Section 1.4 on page 18). For more information about Rogue APs, see Section 10.3 on page 79.
Note: If the Zyxel Device supports monitor mode, the radio or at least one of the Zyxel Device's radio must be set to monitor mode (in the Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt screen) in order to detect other wireless devices in its vicinity.
If the Zyxel Device does not support monitor mode, turn on rogue AP detection in the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen to detect other APs.

NWA50AX User's Guide
63

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 35 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (for Zyxel Device that supports Monitor mode)
NWA50AX User's Guide
64

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 36 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (for Zyxel Device that does not support Monitor mode)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 23 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Discovered APs

Rogue AP

This shows how many devices are detected as rogue APs.

Suspected rogue This shows how many devices are detected as possible rogue APs based on the classification

AP

rule(s) in Section 10.3 on page 79.

Friendly AP

This shows how many devices are detected as friendly APs.

Un-classified AP

This shows how many devices are detected, but have not been classified as either Rogue or Friendly by the Zyxel Device.

Detect Now

Click this button for the Zyxel Device to scan for APs in the network.

Detected Device

NWA50AX User's Guide
65

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 23 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Mark as Rogue AP

Click this button to mark the selected AP as a rogue AP. For more on managing rogue APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 79).

Mark as Friendly AP

Click this button to mark the selected AP as a friendly AP. For more on managing friendly APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 79).

#

This is the detected device's index number in this list.

Status

This indicates the detected device's status.

Device

This indicates the type of device detected.

Role

This indicates the detected device's role (such as friendly or rogue).

Classified by

This indicates the detected device's classification rule.

MAC Address

This indicates the detected device's MAC address.

SSID Name

This indicates the detected device's SSID.

Channel ID

This indicates the detected device's channel ID.

802.11 Mode

This indicates the 802.11 mode (a/b/g/n/ac/ax) transmitted by the detected device.

Security

This indicates the encryption method (if any) used by the detected device.

Description

This displays the detected device's description. For more on managing friendly and rogue APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 79).

Last Seen

This indicates the last time the device was detected by the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.8 Vie w Lo g
Log messages are stored in two separate logs, one for regular log messages and one for debugging messages. In the regular log, you can look at all the log messages by selecting All Lo g s, or you can select a specific category of log messages (for example, user). You can also look at the debugging log by selecting De bug Lo g . All debugging messages have the same priority.
To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Lo g . The log is displayed in the following screen.
Note: When a log reaches the maximum number of log messages, new log messages automatically overwrite existing log messages, starting with the oldest existing log message first.
Events that generate an alert (as well as a log message) display in red. Regular logs display in black. Click a column's heading cell to sort the table entries by that column's criteria. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order.
The Web Configurator saves the filter settings once you click Se a rc h. If you leave the Vie w Lo g screen and return to it later, the last filter settings would still apply.

NWA50AX User's Guide
66

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 37 Monitor > Log > View Log

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 24 Monitor > Log > View Log

LA BEL
Show Filter / Hide Filter

DESC RIPTIO N Click this button to show or hide the filter settings.
If the filter settings are hidden, the Displa y, Em a il Lo g No w, Re fre sh, and C le a r Lo g fields are available.

Display Priority
Source Address

If the filter settings are shown, the Displa y, Prio rity, So urc e Addre ss, De stina tio n Addre ss, So urc e Inte rfa c e , De stina tio n Inte rfa c e , Pro to c o l, Ke ywo rd, and Se a rc h fields are available.
Select the category of log message(s) you want to view. You can also view All Lo g s at one time, or you can view the De bug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Select the priority of log messages to display. The log displays the log messages with this priority or higher. Choices are: a ny, e m e rg , a le rt, c rit, e rro r, wa rn, no tic e , and info , from highest priority to lowest priority. This field is read-only if the C a te g o ry is De b ug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Type the source IP address of the incoming packet that generated the log message. Do not include the port in this filter.

NWA50AX User's Guide
67

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 24 Monitor > Log > View Log (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Destination Address

This displays when you show the filter. Type the IP address of the destination of the incoming packet when the log message was generated. Do not include the port in this filter.

Source Interface This displays when you show the filter. Select the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Destination Interface

This displays when you show the filter. Select the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Protocol

This displays when you show the filter. Select a service protocol whose log messages you would like to see.

Keyword

This displays when you show the filter. Type a keyword to look for in the Me ssa g e , So urc e , De stina tio n and No te fields. If a match is found in any field, the log message is displayed. You can use up to 63 alphanumeric characters and the underscore, as well as punctuation marks ()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$% @ ; the period, double quotes, and brackets are not allowed.

Search

This displays when you show the filter. Click this button to update the log using the current filter settings.

Email Log Now

Click this button to send log messages to the Ac tive e-mail addresses specified in the Se nd Lo g To field on the C o nfig ura tio n > Lo g & Re po rt > Lo g Se tting s screen.

Refresh

Click this to update the list of logs.

Clear Log

Click this button to clear the whole log, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log message.

Time

This field displays the time the log message was recorded.

Priority

This field displays the priority of the log message. It has the same range of values as the Prio rity field above.

Category

This field displays the log that generated the log message. It is the same value used in the Displa y and (other) C a te g o ry fields.

Message

This field displays the reason the log message was generated. The text "[count=x]", where x is a number, appears at the end of the Me ssa g e field if log consolidation is turned on and multiple entries were aggregated to generate into this one.

Source

This field displays the source IP address and the port number in the event that generated the log message.

Source Interface This field displays the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Destination

This field displays the destination IP address and the port number of the event that generated the log message.

Destination Interface

This field displays the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Protocol

This field displays the service protocol in the event that generated the log message.

Note

This field displays any additional information about the log message.

NWA50AX User's Guide
68

C HA PTER 9 Ne two rk
9.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter describes how you can configure the management IP address and VLAN settings of your Zyxel Device. The Internet Protocol (IP) address identifies a device on a network. Every networking device (including computers, servers, routers, printers, etc.) needs an IP address to communicate across the network. These networking devices are also known as hosts. Fig ure 38 IP Setup
The figure above illustrates one possible setup of your Zyxel Device. The gateway IP address is 192.168.1.1 and the managed IP address of the Zyxel Device is 192.168.1.2 (default), but if the Zyxel Device is assigned an IP address by a DHCP server, the default (192.168.1.2) will not be used. The gateway and the Zyxel Device must belong in the same IP subnet to be able to communicate with each other.
9.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The IP Se tting screen (Section 9.2 on page 69) configures the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address. · The VLAN screen (Section 9.3 on page 71) configures the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings. · The NC C Disc o ve ry screen (Section 9.4 on page 73) configures the Zyxel Device's Nebula Control
Center (NCC) discovery settings.
9.2 IP Se tting
Use this screen to configure the IP address for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting .
NWA50AX User's Guide
69

Chapter 9 Network Fig ure 39 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 25 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

IP Address Assignment

Get Automatically

Select this to make the interface a DHCP client and automatically get the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address from a DHCP server.

Use Fixed IP Address

Select this if you want to specify the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway manually.

IP Address

Enter the IP address for this interface.

Subnet Mask

Enter the subnet mask of this interface in dot decimal notation. The subnet mask indicates what part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network.

Gateway

Enter the IP address of the gateway. The Zyxel Device sends packets to the gateway when it does not know how to route the packet to its destination. The gateway should be on the same network as the interface.

DNS Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the DNS server.

IPv6 Address Assignment

Enable Stateless Address Autoconfiguration (SLAAC)

Select this to enable IPv6 stateless auto-configuration on the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device will generate an IPv6 address itself from a prefix obtained from an IPv6 router in the network.

Link-Local Address

This displays the IPv6 link-local address and the network prefix that the Zyxel Device generates itself for the LAN interface.

NWA50AX User's Guide
70

Chapter 9 Network

Table 25 Configuration > Network > IP Setting (continued)

LA BEL IPv6 Address/ Prefix Length

DESC RIPTIO N
Enter the IPv6 address and the prefix length for the LAN interface if you want to use a static IP address. This field is optional.

Gateway
Metric
DHCPv6 Client DUID
Request Address DHCPv6 Request Options
DNS Server NTP Server Apply Reset

The prefix length indicates what the left-most part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network, that is, the network address.
Enter the IPv6 address of the default outgoing gateway using colon (:) hexadecimal notation.
Enter the priority of the gateway (if any) on the LAN interface. The Zyxel Device decides which gateway to use based on this priority. The lower the number, the higher the priority. If two or more gateways have the same priority, the Zyxel Device uses the one that was configured first. Enter zero to set the metric to 1024 for IPv6.
Select this option to set the Zyxel Device to act as a DHCPv6 client.
This field displays the DHCP Unique IDentifier (DUID) of the Zyxel Device, which is unique and used for identification purposes when the Zyxel Device is exchanging DHCPv6 messages with others. See Appendix B on page 230 for more information.
Select this option to get an IPv6 address from the DHCPv6 server.
Select this option to determine what additional information to get from the DHCPv6 server.
Select this option to obtain the IP address of the DNS server.
Select this option to obtain the IP address of the NTP server.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.3 VLAN
This section discusses how to configure the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings.
Note: Mis-configuring the management VLAN settings in your Zyxel Device can make it inaccessible. If this happens, you will have to reset the Zyxel Device.
Fig ure 40 Management VLAN Setup

NWA50AX User's Guide
71

Chapter 9 Network
In the figure above, to access and manage the Zyxel Device from computer A, the Zyxel Device and switch B's ports to which computer A and the Zyxel Device are connected should be in the same VLAN.
A Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks. Devices on a logical network belong to one group. A device can belong to more than one group. With VLAN, a device cannot directly talk to or hear from devices that are not in the same group(s); the traffic must first go through a router.
VLAN also increases network performance by limiting broadcasts to a smaller and more manageable logical broadcast domain. In traditional switched environments, all broadcast packets go to each and every individual port. With VLAN, all broadcasts are confined to a specific broadcast domain.
IEEE 802.1Q Ta g
The IEEE 802.1Q standard defines an explicit VLAN tag in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges. A VLAN tag includes the 12-bit VLAN ID and 3-bit user priority. The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network.
Use this screen to configure the VLAN settings for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN.
The screen varies depending on whether the Zyxel Device has an extra Ethernet port (except the uplink port).
Fig ure 41 Configuration > Network > VLAN (for Zyxel Device with one Ethernet port)

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 26 Configuration > Network > VLAN

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

VLAN Settings

Management VLAN ID

Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device.

As Native VLAN

Select this option to treat this VLAN ID as a VLAN created on the Zyxel Device and not one assigned to it from outside the network.

LAN Setting

Port Setting

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Activate/ Inactivate #

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .
This is the index number of the port.

NWA50AX User's Guide
72

Chapter 9 Network

Table 26 Configuration > Network > VLAN (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Status

This field indicates whether the port is enabled (a yellow bulb) or not (a gray bulb).

Port

This field displays the name of the port.

PVID

This field displays the port number of the VLAN ID.

VLAN Configuration

Add

Click this to create a new entry. For features where the entry's position in the numbered list is important (features where the Zyxel Device applies the table's entries in order like the SSID for example), you can select an entry and click Add to create a new entry after the selected entry.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Remove

To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.

Activate/ Inactivate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

#

This is the index number of the VLAN ID.

Status

This field indicates whether the VLAN is enabled (a yellow bulb) or not (a gray bulb).

Name

This field displays the name of each VLAN.

VID

This field displays the VLAN ID.

Member

This field displays the VLAN membership to which the port belongs.

Apply Reset

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.4 NC C Disc o ve ry
You can manage the Zyxel Device through the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC). Use this screen to configure the proxy server settings if the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server.
To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > NC C Disc o ve ry.

NWA50AX User's Guide
73

Chapter 9 Network Fig ure 42 Configuration > Network > NCC Discovery

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 27 Configuration > Network > NCC Discovery

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Nebula Control Center Status

Internet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Internet.

Nebula Connectivity

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC).

Nebula Control Center Discovery Setting

Enable

Select this option to turn on NCC discovery on the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device will try to discover the NCC and go into NCC management mode when it is connected to the Internet and has been registered in the NCC.

If NCC discovery is disabled, the Zyxel Device will not discover the NCC and remain in standalone operation.

Use Proxy to Access NCC If the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server, you need to select this option and configure the proxy server settings so that the Zyxel Device can access the NCC through the proxy server.

Proxy Server

Enter the IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy Port

Enter the service port number used by the proxy server.

Authentication

Select this option if the proxy server requires authentication before it grants access to the NCC.

User Name

Enter your proxy user name.

Password

Enter your proxy password.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
74

C HA PTER 1 0 Wire le ss
10.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your Zyxel Device. The following figure provides an example of a wireless network. Fig ure 43 Example of a Wireless Network
The wireless network is the part in the blue circle. In this wireless network, devices A and B are called wireless clients. The wireless clients use the access point (AP) to interact with other devices (such as the printer) or with the Internet. Your Zyxel Device is the AP.
10.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The AP Ma na g e m e nt screen (Section 10.2 on page 76) allows you to manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings.
· The Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 79) allows you to assign APs either to the rogue AP list or the friendly AP list.
· The Lo a d Ba la nc ing screen (Section 10.4 on page 83) allows you to configure network traffic load balancing between the APs and the Zyxel Device.
· The DC S screen (Section 10.4 on page 83) allows you to configure dynamic radio channel selection. NWA50AX User's Guide
75

Chapter 10 Wireless
10.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Sta tio n / Wire le ss C lie nt
A station or wireless client is any wireless-capable device that can connect to an AP using a wireless signal.
Dyna m ic C ha nne l Se le c tio n (DC S)
Dynamic Channel Selection (DCS) is a feature that allows an AP to automatically select the radio channel which it broadcasts. For more information, see Section 10.5 on page 84.
10.2 AP Ma na g e m e nt
Use this screen to manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt to access this screen.
NWA50AX User's Guide
76

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 44 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 28 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Radio 1 Setting

Radio 1 Activate

Select the check box to enable the Zyxel Device's first (default) radio.

NWA50AX User's Guide
77

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 28 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management (continued)

LA BEL Radio 1 OP Mode

DESC RIPTIO N Select the operating mode for radio 1.

AP Mo de means the radio can receive connections from wireless clients and pass their data traffic through to the Zyxel Device to be managed (or subsequently passed on to an upstream gateway for managing).

MO N Mo de means the radio monitors the broadcast area for other APs, then passes their information on to the Zyxel Device where it can be determined if those APs are friendly or rogue. If a radio is set to this mode it cannot receive connections from wireless clients (see Section 1.2.3 on page 14).

Ro o t AP means the radio acts as an AP and also supports the wireless connections with other APs (in repeater mode) to form a WDS (Wireless Distribution System) to extend its wireless network.

Radio 1 Profile

Re pe a te r means the radio can establish a wireless connection with other APs (in either root AP or repeater mode) to form a WDS.
Select the radio profile the radio uses.

Radio 1 WDS Profile Uplink Selection Mode
Max Output Power

Note: You can only apply a 2.4G AP radio profile to radio 1. Otherwise, the first radio will not be working.
This field is available only when the radio is in Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r mode.
Select the WDS profile the radio uses to connect to a root AP or repeater.
This field is available only when the radio is in Re pe a te r mode.
Select AUTO to have the Zyxel Device automatically use the settings in the applied WDS profile to connect to a root AP or repeater.
Select Ma nua l to have the Zyxel Device connect to the root AP or repeater with the MAC address specified in the Ra dio 1 Uplink MAC Addre ss field.
Enter the maximum output power (between 0 to 30 dBm) of the Zyxel Device in this field. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs.

MBSSID Settings Edit
# SSID Profile Radio 2 Setting Radio 2 Activate

Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius.
Click Edit icon ( )to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that you have not yet applied. This field shows the index number of the SSID This field displays the SSID profile that is associated with the radio profile.
This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio. Select the check box to enable the Zyxel Device's second radio.

NWA50AX User's Guide
78

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 28 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management (continued)

LA BEL Radio 2 OP Mode

DESC RIPTIO N This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio. Select the operating mode for radio 2.

AP Mo de means the radio can receive connections from wireless clients and pass their data traffic through to the Zyxel Device to be managed (or subsequently passed on to an upstream gateway for managing).

MO N Mo de means the radio monitors the broadcast area for other APs, then passes their information on to the Zyxel Device where it can be determined if those APs are friendly or rogue. If a radio is set to this mode it cannot receive connections from wireless clients (see Section 1.2.3 on page 14).

Ro o t AP means the radio acts as an AP and also supports the wireless connections with other APs (in repeater mode) to form a WDS to extend its wireless network.

Radio 2 Profile

Re pe a te r means the radio can establish a wireless connection with other APs (in either root AP or repeater mode) to form a WDS.
This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio. Select the radio profile the radio uses.

Radio 2 WDS Profile Uplink Selection Mode
Max Output Power

Note: You can only apply a 5G AP radio profile to radio 2. Otherwise, the second radio will not be working.
This field is available only when the radio is in Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r mode.
Select the WDS profile the radio uses to connect to a root AP or repeater.
This field is available only when the radio is in Re pe a te r mode.
Select AUTO to have the Zyxel Device automatically use the settings in the applied WDS profile to connect to a root AP or repeater.
Select Ma nua l to have the Zyxel Device connect to the root AP or repeater with tbe MAC address specified in the Ra dio 2 Uplink MAC Addre ss field.
Enter the maximum output power (between 0 to 30 dBm) of the Zyxel Device in this field. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs.

MBSSID Settings Edit
# SSID Profile Apply Reset

Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius.
Click Edit ( )to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that you have not yet applied. This field shows the index number of the SSID This field shows the SSID profile that is associated with the radio profile. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.3 Ro g ue AP
Use this screen to enable Ro g ue AP De te c tio n and import/export a rogue or friendly AP list in a txt file. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP to access this screen.

NWA50AX User's Guide
79

Chapter 10 Wireless
Ro g ue APs
A rogue AP is a wireless access point operating in a network's coverage area that is not under the control of the network administrator, and which can potentially open up holes in a network's security. In the following example, a corporate network's security is compromised by a rogue AP (RG ) set up by an employee at his workstation in order to allow him to connect his notebook computer wirelessly (A). The company's legitimate wireless network (the dashed ellipse B) is well-secured, but the rogue AP uses inferior security that is easily broken by an attacker (X) running readily available encryption-cracking software. In this example, the attacker now has access to the company network, including sensitive data stored on the file server (C). Fig ure 45 Rogue AP Example
Frie ndly APs
If you have more than one AP in your wireless network, you should also configure a list of "friendly" APs. Friendly APs are wireless access points that you know are not a threat. It is recommended that you export (save) your list of friendly APs often, especially if you have a network with a large number of access points. Exported lists show MAC addresses in txt file format separated by line breaks.
Ro g ue AP De te c tio n
This feature allows the Zyxel Device to monitor the WiFi signals for other wireless APs (see also Section 1.2.3 on page 14). Detected APs will appear in the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen, where the Zyxel Device will label APs with the criteria you select in Suspe c te d Ro g ue AP C la ssific a tio n Rule as a suspected rogue. The APs which you mark as either rogue or friendly APs in the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen will appear in the Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen. See Section 1.4 on page 18 to
NWA50AX User's Guide
80

Chapter 10 Wireless know which models support Ro g ue AP De te c tio n. Note: Enabling Ro g ue AP De te c tio n might affect the performance of wireless clients
associated with the Zyxel Device. Fig ure 46 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP (for Zyxel Devices that support Monitor mode)
NWA50AX User's Guide
81

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 47 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP (for Zyxel Devices that support Rogue AP Detection)

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 29 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Rogue AP Detection Setting

Enable Rogue AP Detection

Select this check box to detect Rogue APs in the network.

Suspected Rogue AP Classification Rule

Select the check boxes (We a k Se c urity (O pe n, WEP, WPA- PSK), Hidde n SSID, SSID Ke ywo rd) of the characteristics an AP should have for the Zyxel Device to mark it as a Rogue AP.

Add

Click this to add an SSID Keyword.

Edit

Select an SSID Keyword and click this button to modify it.

Remove

Select an existing SSID keyword and click this button to delete it.

#

This is the SSID Keyword's index number in this list.

SSID Keyword

This field displays the SSID Keyword.

Rogue/Friendly AP List

Add

Click this button to add an AP to the list and assign it either friendly or rogue status.

Edit

Select an AP in the list to edit and reassign its status.

Remove

Select an AP in the list to remove.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with any interface.

NWA50AX User's Guide
82

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 29 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP (continued)

LA BEL Role
MAC Address Description Rogue/Friendly AP List Importing/Exporting File Path / Browse / Importing

DESC RIPTIO N
This field indicates whether the selected AP is a ro g ue - a p or a frie ndly- a p. To change the AP's role, click the Edit button.
This field indicates the AP's radio MAC address.
This field displays the AP's description. You can modify this by clicking the Edit button.
These controls allow you to export the current list of rogue and friendly APs or import existing lists.
Enter the file name and path of the list you want to import or click the Bro wse button to locate it. Once the File Pa th field has been populated, click Im po rting to bring the list into the Zyxel Device.

Exporting Apply Reset

You need to wait a while for the importing process to finish. Click this button to export the current list of either rogue APs or friendly APS. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.3.1 Add/ Edit Ro g ue / Frie ndly List
Click Add or select an AP and click the Edit button in the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP table to display this screen.
Fig ure 48 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP > Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly AP List

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 30 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP > Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly AP List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC

Enter the MAC address of the AP you want to add to the list. A MAC address is a unique hardware identifier in the following hexadecimal format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx where xx is a hexadecimal number separated by colons.

Description

Enter up to 60 characters for the AP's description. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Role

Select either Ro g ue AP or Frie ndly AP for the AP's role.

OK

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to close the window with changes unsaved.

10.4 DC S
Use this screen to configure dynamic radio channel selection (see Dynamic Channel Selection (DCS) on page 76). Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > DC S to access this screen.
NWA50AX User's Guide
83

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 49 Configuration > Wireless > DCS

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 31 Configuration > Wireless > DCS

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

DCS Now

Click this to have the Zyxel Device scan for and select an available channel immediately.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.5 Te c hnic a l Re fe re nc e
The following section contains additional technical information about the features described in this chapter.
Dyna m ic C ha nne l Se le c tio n
When numerous APs broadcast within a given area, they introduce the possibility of heightened radio interference, especially if some or all of them are broadcasting on the same radio channel. If the interference becomes too great, then the network administrator must open his AP configuration options and manually change the channel to one that no other AP is using (or at least a channel that has a lower level of interference) in order to give the connected stations a minimum degree of interference. Dynamic channel selection frees the network administrator from this task by letting the AP do it automatically. The AP can scan the area around it looking for the channel with the least amount of interference.
In the 2.4 GHz spectrum, each channel from 1 to 13 is broken up into discrete 22 MHz segments that are spaced 5 MHz apart. Channel 1 is centered on 2.412 GHz while channel 13 is centered on 2.472 GHz.
Fig ure 50 An Example Three-Channel Deployment

NWA50AX User's Guide
84

Chapter 10 Wireless Three channels are situated in such a way as to create almost no interference with one another if used exclusively: 1, 6 and 11. When an AP broadcasts on any of these 3 channels, it should not interfere with neighboring APs as long as they are also limited to same trio. Fig ure 51 An Example Four-Channel Deployment
However, some regions require the use of other channels and often use a safety scheme with the following four channels: 1, 4, 7 and 11. While they are situated sufficiently close to both each other and the three so-called "safe" channels (1,6 and 11) that interference becomes inevitable, the severity of it is dependent upon other factors: proximity to the affected AP, signal strength, activity, and so on. Finally, there is an alternative four channel scheme for ETSI, consisting of channels 1, 5, 9, 13. This offers significantly less overlap that the other one. Fig ure 52 An Alternative Four-Channel Deployment
NWA50AX User's Guide
85

C HA PTER 1 1 Use r

11.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter describes how to set up user accounts and user settings for the Zyxel Device.

11.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Use r screen (see Section 11.2 on page 87) provides a summary of all user accounts. · The Se tting screen (see Section 11.3 on page 89) controls default settings, login settings, lockout
settings, and other user settings for the Zyxel Device.

11.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.

Use r Ac c o unt
A user account defines the privileges of a user logged into the Zyxel Device. User accounts are used in controlling access to configuration and services in the Zyxel Device.

Use r Type s

These are the types of user accounts the Zyxel Device uses.

Table 32 Types of User Accounts

TYPE Admin Users admin limited-admin

A BILITIES
Change Zyxel Device configuration (web, CLI) Look at Zyxel Device configuration (web, CLI)

Access Users user

Perform basic diagnostics (CLI)
Used for the embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access

Browse user-mode commands (CLI)

LO G IN METHO D(S)
WWW, TELNET, SSH, FTP WWW, TELNET, SSH

Note: The default a dm in account is always authenticated locally, regardless of the authentication method setting.

NWA50AX User's Guide
86

Chapter 11 User
11.2 Use r Sum m a ry
The Use r screen provides a summary of all user accounts. To access this screen click Co nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r. Fig ure 53 Configuration > Object > User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 33 Configuration > Object > User

LA BEL Add Edit
Remove
Object Reference
# User Name User Type

DESC RIPTIO N
Click this to create a new entry.
Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings.
To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.
Select an entry and click O bje c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.
This field displays the user name of each user.
This field displays type of user this account was configured as.

Description

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not to
change it · use r - this user has access to the Zyxel Device's services but cannot look at the
configuration
This field displays the description for each user.

11.2.1 Add/ Edit Use r
The Use r Add/ Edit screen allows you to create a new user account or edit an existing one.
11.2.1.1 Rule s fo r Use r Na m e s
Enter a user name from 1 to 31 characters. The user name can only contain the following characters: · Alphanumeric A-z 0-9 (there is no unicode support) · _ [underscores]

NWA50AX User's Guide
87

Chapter 11 User

· - [dashes]
The first character must be alphabetical (A-Z a-z), an underscore (_), or a dash (-). Other limitations on user names are:
· User names are case-sensitive. If you enter a user 'bob' but use 'BOB' when connecting via CIFS or FTP, it will use the account settings used for 'BOB' not `bob'.
· User names have to be different than user group names. · Here are the reserved user names:

· adm · debug · ldap-users · operator · sync

· admin

· any

· devicehaecived · ftp

· lp

· mail

· radius-users

· root

· uucp

· zyxel

· bin · games · news · shutdown

· daemon · halt · nobody · sshd

To access this screen, go to the Use r screen, and click Add or Edit. Fig ure 54 Configuration > Object > User > Add/Edit A User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 34 Configuration > User > User > Add/Edit A User

LA BEL User Name
User Type

DESC RIPTIO N
Type the user name for this user account. You may use 1-31 alphanumeric characters,
underscores(_), or dashes (-), but the first character cannot be a number. This value is case-
sensitive. User names have to be different than user group names, and some words are reserved.
Select what type of user this is. Choices are:

Password Retype Description

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not to
change it · use r - this is used for embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access
Enter the password of this user account. It can consist of 4 - 63 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter the password to make sure you have entered it correctly.
Enter the description of each user, if any. You can use up to 60 printable ASCII characters. Default descriptions are provided.

NWA50AX User's Guide
88

Chapter 11 User

Table 34 Configuration > User > User > Add/Edit A User (continued)

LA BEL Authentication Timeout Settings
Lease Time

DESC RIPTIO N This field is not available if the user type is use r.
If you want to set authentication timeout to a value other than the default settings, select Use Ma nua l Se tting s then fill your preferred values in the fields that follow. This field is not available if the user type is use r.

Reauthentication Time
OK Cancel

Enter the number of minutes this user has to renew the current session before the user is logged out. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator.
This field is not available if the user type is use r.
Type the number of minutes this user can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before the user has to log in again. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

11.3 Se tting
This screen controls default settings, login settings, lockout settings, and other user settings for the Zyxel Device.
To access this screen, login to the Web Configurator, and click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r > Se tting .

NWA50AX User's Guide
89

Chapter 11 User Fig ure 55 Configuration > Object > User > Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 35 Configuration > Object > User > Setting

LA BEL User Default Setting Default Authentication Timeout Settings
Edit
# User Type

DESC RIPTIO N
These authentication timeout settings are used by default when you create a new user account. They also control the settings for any existing user accounts that are set to use the default settings. You can still manually configure any user account's authentication timeout settings. Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific entry. These are the kinds of user account the Zyxel Device supports.

Lease Time

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not
to change it · use r - this is used for embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access
This is the default lease time in minutes for each type of user account. It defines the number of minutes the user has to renew the current session before the user is logged out.

Reauthentication Time User Logon Settings

Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator.
This is the default reauthentication time in minutes for each type of user account. It defines the number of minutes the user can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before having to log in again. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.

NWA50AX User's Guide
90

Chapter 11 User

Table 35 Configuration > Object > User > Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Limit the number of simultaneous logons for administration account

Select this check box if you want to set a limit on the number of simultaneous logins by admin users. If you do not select this, admin users can login as many times as they want at the same time using the same or different IP addresses.

Maximum number per This field is effective when Lim it ... fo r a dm inistra tio n a c c o unt is checked. Type the administration account maximum number of simultaneous logins by each admin user.

User Lockout Settings

Enable logon retry limit

Select this check box to set a limit on the number of times each user can login unsuccessfully (for example, wrong password) before the IP address is locked out for a specified amount of time.

Maximum retry count

This field is effective when Ena b le lo g o n re try lim it is checked. Type the maximum number of times each user can login unsuccessfully before the IP address is locked out for the specified lo c ko ut pe rio d. The number must be between 1 and 99.

Lockout period

This field is effective when Ena b le lo g o n re try lim it is checked. Type the number of minutes the user must wait to try to login again, if lo g o n re try lim it is enabled and the m a xim um re try c o unt is reached. This number must be between 1 and 65,535 (about 45.5 days).

Apply Reset

Click Apply to save the changes. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

11.3.1 Edit Use r Authe ntic a tio n Tim e o ut Se tting s
This screen allows you to set the default authentication timeout settings for the selected type of user account. These default authentication timeout settings also control the settings for any existing user accounts that are set to use the default settings. You can still manually configure any user account's authentication timeout settings.
To access this screen, go to the C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r > Se tting screen, select one of the De fa ult Authe ntic a tio n Tim e o ut Se tting s entry and click the Edit icon.
Fig ure 56 User > Setting > Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings

NWA50AX User's Guide
91

Chapter 11 User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 36 User > Setting > Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings

LA BEL User Type

DESC RIPTIO N
This read-only field identifies the type of user account for which you are configuring the default settings.

Lease Time

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device. · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not to
change it.
Enter the number of minutes this type of user account has to renew the current session before the user is logged out. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited.

Reauthentication Time
OK Cancel

Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator. Access users can renew the session by clicking the Re ne w button on their screen. If you allow access users to renew time automatically, the users can select this check box on their screen as well. In this case, the session is automatically renewed before the lease time expires.
Type the number of minutes this type of user account can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before the user has to log in again. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
92

C HA PTER 1 2 AP Pro file
12.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter shows you how to configure preset profiles for the Zyxel Device.
12.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ra dio screen (Section 12.2 on page 94) creates radio configurations that can be used by the APs. · The SSID screen (Section 12.3 on page 100) configures three different types of profiles for your
networked APs.
12.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Wire le ss Pro file s
At the heart of all wireless AP configurations on the Zyxel Device are profiles. A profile represents a group of saved settings that you can use across any number of connected APs. You can set up the following wireless profile types: · Ra dio - This profile type defines the properties of an AP's radio transmitter. You can have a maximum
of 64 radio profiles on the Zyxel Device. · SSID - This profile type defines the properties of a single wireless network signal broadcast by an AP.
Each radio on a single AP can broadcast up to 8 SSIDs. You can have a maximum of 64 SSID profiles on the Zyxel Device. · Se c urity - This profile type defines the security settings used by a single SSID. It controls the encryption method required for a wireless client to associate itself with the SSID. You can have a maximum of 64 security profiles on the Zyxel Device. · MAC Filte ring - This profile provides an additional layer of security for an SSID, allowing you to block access or allow access to that SSID based on wireless client MAC addresses. If a client's MAC address is on the list, then it is either allowed or denied, depending on how you set up the MAC Filter profile. You can have a maximum of 64 MAC filtering profiles on the Zyxel Device.
SSID
The SSID (Service Set IDentifier) is the name that identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated. Wireless stations associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID. In other words, it is the name of the wireless network that clients use to connect to it.
NWA50AX User's Guide
93

Chapter 12 AP Profile
WEP
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) encryption scrambles all data packets transmitted between the AP and the wireless stations associated with it in order to keep network communications private. Both the wireless stations and the access points must use the same WEP key for data encryption and decryption.
W PA 2
WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i) is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption, authentication and key management than WPA. Key differences between WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication.
IEEE 802.1x
The IEEE 802.1x standard outlines enhanced security methods for both the authentication of wireless stations and encryption key management. Authentication is done using an external RADIUS server.
IEEE 802.11k/ v Assiste d Ro a m ing
IEEE 802.11k is a standard for radio resource management of wireless LANs, which allows clients to request neighbor lists from the connected AP and discover the best available AP when roaming. An 802.11k neighbor list can contain up to six BSSIDs with the highest RCPI (Received Channel Power Indicator) value in both bands (5 GHz and 2.4 GHz, in the ratio of 4:2). The IEEE 802.11v BSS Transition Management feature lets an AP automatically provide load information of the neighbor APs to clients. It helps the Zyxel Device steer clients to a suitable AP for better performance or load balancing.
12.2 Ra dio
This screen allows you to create radio profiles for the Zyxel Device. A radio profile is a list of settings that an Zyxel Device can use to configure its radio transmitter(s). To access this screen click Co nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file . Note: You can have a maximum of 32 radio profiles on the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
94

Chapter 12 AP Profile Fig ure 57 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 37 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio

LA BEL Add Edit Remove Activate Inactivate Object Reference # Status

DESC RIPTIO N Click this to add a new radio profile. Click this to edit the selected radio profile. Click this to remove the selected radio profile. To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te . Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected radio profile.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user. This field shows whether or not the entry is activated.

Profile Name Frequency Band Apply Reset

A yellow bulb signifies that this rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not active. This field indicates the name assigned to the radio profile. This field indicates the frequency band which this radio profile is configured to use. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

12.2.1 Add/ Edit Ra dio Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new radio profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a radio profile from the list and click the Edit button.

NWA50AX User's Guide
95

Chapter 12 AP Profile Fig ure 58 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 38 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Hide / Show Advanced Settings

Click this to hide or show the Adva nc e d Se tting s in this window.

General Settings

Activate

Select this option to make this profile active.

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters to be used as this profile's name. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

802.11 Band

Select whether this radio would use the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band.

NWA50AX User's Guide
96

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 38 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL 802.11 Mode

DESC RIPTIO N Select how to let wireless clients connect to the AP.

If 802.11 Ba nd is set to 2.4G :

· 11b/ g : allows either IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device adjusts the transmission rate automatically according to the wireless standard supported by the wireless devices.
· 11n: allows IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g and IEEE802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11a x: allows IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11n, and IEEE802.11ax compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ax, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11n, and so on.
If 802.11 Ba nd is set to 5G :

Channel Width

· 11a : allows only IEEE 802.11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11n: allows both IEEE802.11n and IEEE802.11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11a c : allows IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11a, and IEEE802.11ac compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ac, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11n, and so on.
· 11a x: allows IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11ac, and IEEE802.11ax compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ax, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11ac, and so on.
Select the channel bandwidth you want to use for your wireless network.

Select 20 MHz if you want to lessen radio interference with other wireless devices in your neighborhood.

Select 20/ 40 MHz to allow the Zyxel Device to choose the channel bandwidth (20 or 40 MHz) that has least interference.

Select 20/ 40/ 80 to allow the Zyxel Device to choose the channel bandwidth (20 or 40 or 80) that has least interference. This option is available only when you select 11a c or 11a x in the 802.11 Mo de field.

Channel Selection Enable DCS Client Aware Enable DCS Client Aware

Note: If the environment has poor signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), the Zyxel Device will switch to a lower bandwidth.
This is the radio channel which the signal will use for broadcasting by this radio profile.
· DC S: Choose Dynamic Channel Selection to have the Zyxel Device choose a radio channel that has least interference.
· Ma nua l: Choose from the available radio channels in the list. If your Zyxel Device is outdoor type, be sure to choose non-indoors channels.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device switch channels only when there are no clients connected to it. If there is a client connected, the Zyxel Device will not switch channels but generate a log. The Zyxel Device tries to scan and switch channels again at the end of the specified time interval or at the scheduled time.
If you disable this then the Zyxel Device switches channels immediately regardless of any client connections. In this instance, clients that are connected to the Zyxel Device when it switches channels are dropped.
This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device switch channels only when there are no clients connected to it. If there is a client connected, the Zyxel Device will not switch channels but generate a log. The Zyxel Device tries to scan and switch channels again at the end of the specified time interval or at the scheduled time.
If you disable this then the Zyxel Device switches channels immediately regardless of any client connections. In this instance, clients that are connected to the Zyxel Device when it switches channels are dropped.

NWA50AX User's Guide
97

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 38 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

2.4 GHz Channel Selection Method

This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S.
Select how you want to specify the channels the Zyxel Device switches between for 2.4 GHz operation.

Select a uto to have the Zyxel Device display a 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l De plo ym e nt field you can use to limit channel switching to 3 or 4 channels.

Select m a nua l to select the individual channels the Zyxel Device switches between.

Channel ID

Note: The method is automatically set to a uto when no channel is selected or any one of the previously selected channels is not supported.
This field is available only when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to m a nua l.

2.4 GHz Channel Deployment

Select the channels that you want the Zyxel Device to use.
This is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and the 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d is set to a uto .

Select Thre e - C ha nne l De plo ym e nt to limit channel switching to channels 1,6, and 11, the three channels that are sufficiently attenuated to have almost no impact on one another. In other words, this allows you to minimize channel interference by limiting channelhopping to these three "safe" channels.

Enable 5 GHz DFS Aware

Select Fo ur- C ha nne l De plo ym e nt to limit channel switching to four channels. Depending on the country domain, if the only allowable channels are 1-11 then the Zyxel Device uses channels 1, 4, 7, 11 in this configuration; otherwise, the Zyxel Device uses channels 1, 5, 9, 13 in this configuration. Four channel deployment expands your pool of possible channels while keeping the channel interference to a minimum.
This field is available only when you select 5G in the 802.11 Ba nd field, set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 5 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to a uto .

Select this if your APs are operating in an area known to have RADAR devices. This allows the Zyxel Device to downgrade its frequency to below 5 GHz in the event RADAR signal is detected, thus preventing it from interfering with that signal.

Enabling this forces the AP to select a non-DFS channel. 5 GHz Channel Select how you want to specify the channels the Zyxel Device switches between for 5 GHz Selection Method operation.

Select Auto to have the Zyxel Device automatically select the best channel.

Select m a nua l to select the individual channels the Zyxel Device switches between.

Note: The method is automatically set to a uto when no channel is selected or any one of the previously selected channels is not supported.

Channel ID

This field is available only when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 5 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to m a nua l.

Time Interval DCS Time Interval

Select the channels that you want the Zyxel Device to use.
Select this option to have the Zyxel Device survey the other APs within its broadcast radius at the end of the specified time interval.
This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and select the Tim e Inte rva l option.

Enter a number of minutes. This regulates how often the Zyxel Device surveys the other APs within its broadcast radius. If the channel on which it is currently broadcasting suddenly comes into use by another AP, the Zyxel Device will then dynamically select the next available clean channel or a channel with lower interference.

NWA50AX User's Guide
98

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 38 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL Schedule
Start Time
Week Days
Advanced Settings Guard Interval

DESC RIPTIO N Select this option to have the Zyxel Device survey the other APs within its broadcast radius at a specific time on selected days of the week. Specify the time of the day (in 24-hour format) to have the Zyxel Device use DCS to automatically scan and find a less-used channel. Select each day of the week to have the Zyxel Device use DCS to automatically scan and find a less-used channel.
This field is available only when the channel width is 20/ 40MHz or 20/ 40/ 80MHz and the 802.11 Mo de is either 11n or 11a c .

Set the guard interval for this radio profile to either sho rt or lo ng .

Enable A-MPDU Aggregation

The guard interval is the gap introduced between data transmission from users in order to reduce interference. Reducing the interval increases data transfer rates but also increases interference. Increasing the interval reduces data transfer rates but also reduces interference.
This field is not available when you set 802.11 Mo de to 11a or 11b / g .
Select this to enable A-MPDU aggregation.

Enable A-MSDU Aggregation

Message Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) aggregation collects Ethernet frames along with their 802.11n headers and wraps them in a 802.11n MAC header. This method is useful for increasing bandwidth throughput in environments that are prone to high error rates.
This field is not available when you set 802.11 Mo de to 11a or 11b / g .
Select this to enable A-MSDU aggregation.

Mac Service Data Unit (MSDU) aggregation collects Ethernet frames without any of their 802.11n headers and wraps the header-less payload in a single 802.11n MAC header. This method is useful for increasing bandwidth throughput. It is also more efficient than A-MPDU except in environments that are prone to high error rates.

RTS/CTS Threshold

Use RTS/CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another. When enabled, a wireless client sends an RTS (Request To Send) and then waits for a CTS (Clear To Send) before it transmits. This stops wireless clients from transmitting packets at the same time (and causing data collisions).

Beacon Interval DTIM Enable Signal Threshold

A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number (of bytes) that you enter here. Set the RTS/CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold to turn RTS/ CTS off.
When a wirelessly networked device sends a beacon, it includes with it a beacon interval. This specifies the time period before the Zyxel Device sends the beacon again. The interval tells receiving devices on the network how long they can wait in low-power mode before waking up to handle the beacon. A high value helps save current consumption of the access point.
Delivery Traffic Indication Message (DTIM) is the time period after which broadcast and multicast packets are transmitted to mobile clients in the Active Power Management mode. A high DTIM value can cause clients to lose connectivity with the network. This value can be set from 1 to 255.
Select the check box to use the signal threshold to ensure wireless clients receive good throughput. This allows only wireless clients with a strong signal to connect to the AP.

Station Signal Threshold

Clear the check box to not require wireless clients to have a minimum signal strength to connect to the AP.
Set a minimum client signal strength. A wireless client is allowed to connect to the AP only when its signal strength is stronger than the specified threshold.

-20 dBm is the strongest signal you can require and -105 is the weakest.

NWA50AX User's Guide
99

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 38 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL Disassociate Station Threshold

DESC RIPTIO N
Set a minimum kick-off signal strength. When a wireless client's signal strength is lower than the specified threshold, the Zyxel Device disconnects the wireless client from the AP.

-20 dBm is the strongest signal you can require and -105 is the weakest.

Allow Station

Select this option to allow a wireless client to try to associate with the AP again after it is

Connection after disconnected due to weak signal strength. Multiple Retries

Station Retry Count

Set the maximum number of times a wireless client can attempt to re-connect to the AP

Allow 802.11n/ ac/ax stations only

Select this option to allow only 802.11 n/ac/ax clients to connect, and reject 802.11a/b/g clients.

Blacklist DFS channels in presence of radar

This field is available if 802.11 Ba nd is set to 5G and C ha nne l Se le c tio n is set to DC S.
Enable this to temporarily blacklist the wireless channels in the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) range whenever a radar signal is detected by the Zyxel Device.

Enable 802.11d

Clear the checkbox to prevent the AP from broadcasting a country code, also called a country Information Element (IE), in beacon frames. This makes the AP incompatible with 802.11d networks and devices.

Multicast Settings Transmission Mode

802.11d is a WiFi network specification that allows the AP to broadcast a country code to WiFi client. The country code indicates where the AP is located. If WiFi clients are unable to connect to the AP due to an incompatible country code, you should disable 802.11d.
Specify how the Zyxel Device handles wireless multicast traffic.
Select Multic a st to Unic a st to broadcast wireless multicast traffic to all of the wireless clients as unicast traffic. Unicast traffic dynamically changes the data rate based on the application's bandwidth requirements. The retransmit mechanism of unicast traffic provides more reliable transmission of the multicast traffic, although it also produces duplicate packets.

Multicast Rate(Mbps)
WLAN Rate Control Setting

Select Fixe d Multic a st Ra te to send multicast traffic to all wireless clients at a single data rate. You must know the multicast application's bandwidth requirements and set it in the following field.
If you set Tra nsm issio n Mo de to Fixe d Multic a st Ra te , select a data rate at which the Zyxel Device transmits multicast packets to wireless clients. For example, to deploy 4 Mbps video, select a fixed multicast rate higher than 4 Mbps.
Sets the minimum data rate that 2.4Ghz WiFi clients can connect at, in Mbps. At the time of write, allowed values are: 1, 2,5. 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54.

Sets the minimum data rate that 5Ghz WiFi clients can connect at, in Mbps. At the time of write, allowed values are: 6,9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54.

OK Cancel

Increasing the minimum data rate can reduce network overhead and improve WiFi network performance in high density environments. However, WiFi clients that do not support the minimum data rate will not be able to connect to the AP.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

12.3 SSID
The SSID screens allow you to configure three different types of profiles for your networked APs: an SSID list, which can assign specific SSID configurations to your APs; a security list, which can assign specific
NWA50AX User's Guide
100

Chapter 12 AP Profile
encryption methods to the APs when allowing wireless clients to connect to them; and a MAC filter list, which can limit connections to an AP based on wireless clients MAC addresses.
12.3.1 SSID List
This screen allows you to create and manage SSID configurations that can be used by the APs. An SSID, or Service Set IDentifier, is basically the name of the wireless network to which a wireless client can connect. The SSID appears as readable text to any device capable of scanning for wireless frequencies (such as the WiFi adapter in a laptop), and is displayed as the wireless network name when a person makes a connection to it. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > SSID List. Note: You cannot add or remove an SSID profile after running the setup wizard. Fig ure 59 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List (Default)
Fig ure 60 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List (After wizard setup)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 39 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List

LA BEL Add

DESC RIPTIO N Click this to add a new SSID profile.

This button is not available after you configure the Zyxel Deviceusing the wizard.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected SSID profile.

NWA50AX User's Guide
101

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 39 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List (continued)

LA BEL Remove

DESC RIPTIO N Click this to remove the selected SSID profile.

Object Reference # Profile Name SSID Security Profile QoS MAC Filtering Profile VLAN ID

This button is not available after you configure the Zyxel Deviceusing the wizard. Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected SSID profile (for example, radio profile). This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user. This field indicates the name assigned to the SSID profile. This field indicates the SSID name as it appears to wireless clients. This field indicates which (if any) security profile is associated with the SSID profile. This field indicates the QoS type associated with the SSID profile. This field indicates which (if any) MAC filter Profile is associated with the SSID profile.
This field indicates the VLAN ID associated with the SSID profile.

12.3.2 Add/ Edit SSID Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new SSID profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a SSID profile from the list and click the Edit button.

NWA50AX User's Guide
102

Chapter 12 AP Profile Fig ure 61 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 40 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Create new Object

Select an object type from the list to create a new one associated with this SSID profile.

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

SSID

Enter the SSID name for this profile. This is the name visible on the network to wireless clients. Enter up to 32 characters, spaces and underscores are allowed.

Security Profile

Select a security profile from this list to associate with this SSID. If none exist, you can use the C re a te ne w O b je c t menu to create one.

Note: It is highly recommended that you create security profiles for all of your SSIDs to enhance your network security.

NWA50AX User's Guide
103

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 40 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile (continued)

LA BEL
MAC Filtering Profile

DESC RIPTIO N
Select a MAC filtering profile from the list to associate with this SSID. If none exist, you can use the C re a te ne w O b je c t menu to create one.

MAC filtering allows you to limit the wireless clients connecting to your network through a particular SSID by wireless client MAC addresses. Any clients that have MAC addresses not in the MAC filtering profile of allowed addresses are denied connections.

QoS

The disa b le setting means no MAC filtering is used.
Select a Quality of Service (QoS) access category to associate with this SSID. Access categories minimize the delay of data packets across a wireless network. Certain categories, such as video or voice, are given a higher priority due to the time sensitive nature of their data packets.

QoS access categories are as follows:

disa ble : Turns off QoS for this SSID. All data packets are treated equally and not tagged with access categories.

WMM: Enables automatic tagging of data packets. The Zyxel Device assigns access categories to the SSID by examining data as it passes through it and making a best guess effort. If something looks like video traffic, for instance, it is tagged as such.

WMM_VO ICE: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as voice data. This is recommended if an SSID is used for activities like placing and receiving VoIP phone calls.

WMM_VIDEO : All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as video data. This is recommended for activities like video conferencing.

WMM_BEST_EFFO RT: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as "best effort," meaning the data travels the best route it can without displacing higher priority traffic. This is good for activities that do not require the best bandwidth throughput, such as surfing the Internet.

Rate Limiting Downlink
Uplink
VLAN ID Hidden SSID

WMM_BAC KG RO UND: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as low priority or "background traffic", meaning all other access categories take precedence over this one. If traffic from an SSID does not have strict throughput requirements, then this access category is recommended. For example, an SSID that only has network printers connected to it.
Define the maximum incoming transmission data rate (either in mbps or kbps) on a per-station basis.
Define the maximum outgoing transmission data rate (either in mbps or kbps) on a per-station basis.
Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device to use to tag traffic originating from this SSID.
Select this if you want to "hide" your SSID from wireless clients. This tells any wireless clients in the vicinity of the AP using this SSID profile not to display its SSID name as a potential connection. Not all wireless clients respect this flag and display it anyway.

When a SSID is "hidden" and a wireless client cannot see it, the only way you can connect to the SSID is by manually entering the SSID name in your wireless connection setup screen(s) (these vary by client, client connectivity software, and operating system).

Enable Intra-BSS Traffic Blocking

Select this option to prevent crossover traffic from within the same SSID on the Zyxel Device.

Enable U-APSD

Select this option to enable Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (U-APSD), which is also known as WMM-Power Save. This helps increase battery life for battery-powered wireless clients connected to the Zyxel Device using this SSID profile.

802.11k/v Assisted Select this option to enable IEEE 802.11k/v assisted roaming on the Zyxel Device. When the

Roaming

connected clients request 802.11k neighbor lists, the Zyxel Device will response with a list of

neighbor APs that can be candidates for roaming.

Schedule SSID

Select this option and set whether the SSID is enabled or disabled on each day of the week. You also need to select the hour and minute (in 24-hour format) to specify the time period of each day during which the SSID is enabled/enabled.

NWA50AX User's Guide
104

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 40 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

OK

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

12.4 Se c urity List
This screen allows you to manage wireless security configurations that can be used by your SSIDs. Wireless security is implemented strictly between the AP broadcasting the SSID and the stations that are connected to it.
To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > Se c urity List.
Note: You can have a maximum of 32 security profiles on the Zyxel Device.
Fig ure 62 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 41 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new security profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected security profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected security profile.

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected security profile (for example, SSID profile).

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the security profile.

Security Mode

This field indicates this profile's security mode (if any).

12.4.1 Add/ Edit Se c urity Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new security profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a security profile from the list and click the Edit button.
NWA50AX User's Guide
105

Chapter 12 AP Profile
Note: These screens' options change based on the Se c urity Mo de selected. Fig ure 63 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security
Mode: none (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 42 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: none

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.
Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.

Advance

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

OK

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
106

Chapter 12 AP Profile
Fig ure 64 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 43 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Security Mode

Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.

Transition Mode

Enable this for backwards compatibility. This option is only available if the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n. This creates two virtual APs (VAPs) with a primary (wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n) and fallback (wpa 2 or no ne ) security method.

Advance

If the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3, enabling this will force Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n to be set to O ptio na l. If this is disabled or if the Se c urity Mo de is e nha nc e d- o pe n, Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n will be set to Re q uire d.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

NWA50AX User's Guide
107

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 43 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open (continued)

LA BEL
Management Frame Protection

DESC RIPTIO N
This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Data frames in 802.11 WLANs can be encrypted and authenticated with WEP, WPA or WPA2. But 802.11 management frames, such as beacon/probe response, association request, association response, de-authentication and disassociation are always unauthenticated and unencrypted. IEEE 802.11w Protected Management Frames allows APs to use the existing security mechanisms (encryption and authentication methods defined in IEEE 802.11i WPA/WPA2) to protect management frames. This helps prevent wireless DoS attacks.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

OK Cancel

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

Fig ure 65 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep (NWA50AX)

NWA50AX User's Guide
108

Chapter 12 AP Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 44 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep

LA BEL General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

DESC RIPTIO N
Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed. Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings Authentication Type Key Length

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
Select a WEP authentication method. Choices are O pe n or Sha re key. Select the bit-length of the encryption key to be used in WEP connections.

If you select WEP- 64:

· Enter 10 hexadecimal digits in the range of "A-F", "a-f" and "0-9" (for example, 0x11AA22BB33) for each Ke y used.
or

· Enter 5 ASCII characters (case sensitive) ranging from "a-z", "A-Z" and "0-9" (for example, MyKey) for each Ke y used.
If you select WEP- 128:

· Enter 26 hexadecimal digits in the range of "A-F", "a-f" and "0-9" (for example, 0x00112233445566778899AABBCC) for each Ke y used.
or

Key 1~4 Advance

· Enter 13 ASCII characters (case sensitive) ranging from "a-z", "A-Z" and "0-9" (for example, MyKey12345678) for each Ke y used.
Based on your Ke y Le ng th selection, enter the appropriate length hexadecimal or ASCII key.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

OK

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
109

Chapter 12 AP Profile
Fig ure 66 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2 (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 45 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2

LA BEL General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

DESC RIPTIO N
Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed. Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings Personal

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
This field is available when you select the wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3 security mode.

Pre-Shared Key Advance

Select this option to use a Pre-Shared Key (PSK) with WPA2 encryption or Simultaneous Authentication of Equals (SAE) with WPA3 encryption.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

NWA50AX User's Guide
110

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 45 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2 (continued)

LA BEL Cipher Type

DESC RIPTIO N Select an encryption cipher type from the list.

Idle Timeout
Group Key Update Timer Pre-Authentication Management Frame Protection

· a uto - This automatically chooses the best available cipher based on the cipher in use by the wireless client that is attempting to make a connection.
· a e s - This is the Advanced Encryption Standard encryption method. It is a more recent development over TKIP and considerably more robust. Not all wireless clients may support this.
Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued. Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.
Select Ena ble to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le . This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Data frames in 802.11 WLANs can be encrypted and authenticated with WEP, WPA or WPA2. But 802.11 management frames, such as beacon/probe response, association request, association response, de-authentication and disassociation are always unauthenticated and unencrypted. IEEE 802.11w Protected Management Frames allows APs to use the existing security mechanisms (encryption and authentication methods defined in IEEE 802.11i WPA/WPA2) to protect management frames. This helps prevent wireless DoS attacks.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

OK Cancel

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
111

Chapter 12 AP Profile
Fig ure 67 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 46 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.
Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings Personal

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
This field is available when you select the wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3 security mode.

Pre-Shared Key Advance

Select this option to use a Pre-Shared Key (PSK) with WPA2 encryption or Simultaneous Authentication of Equals (SAE) with WPA3 encryption.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

NWA50AX User's Guide
112

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 46 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix (continued)

LA BEL Cipher Type

DESC RIPTIO N Select an encryption cipher type from the list.

Idle Timeout
Group Key Update Timer Pre-Authentication OK Cancel

· a uto - This automatically chooses the best available cipher based on the cipher in use by the wireless client that is attempting to make a connection.
· a e s - This is the Advanced Encryption Standard encryption method. It is a more recent development over TKIP and considerably more robust. Not all wireless clients may support this.
Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued. Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.
Select Ena ble to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le . Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

Fig ure 68 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3 (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 47 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

NWA50AX User's Guide
113

Chapter 12 AP Profile

Table 47 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3 (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Security Mode

Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings Personal

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
This field is available when you select the wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3 security mode.

Pre-Shared Key

Select this option to use a Pre-Shared Key (PSK) with WPA2 encryption or Simultaneous Authentication of Equals (SAE) with WPA3 encryption.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

Transition Mode

Enable this for backwards compatibility. This option is only available if the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n. This creates two virtual APs (VAPs) with a primary (wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n) and fallback (wpa 2 or no ne ) security method.

Advance

If the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3, enabling this will force Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n to be set to O ptio na l. If this is disabled or if the Se c urity Mo de is e nha nc e d- o pe n, Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n will be set to Re q uire d.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Group Key Update Timer

Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.

Pre-Authentication

Select Ena ble to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le .

Management Frame Protection

This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Data frames in 802.11 WLANs can be encrypted and authenticated with WEP, WPA or WPA2. But 802.11 management frames, such as beacon/probe response, association request, association response, de-authentication and disassociation are always unauthenticated and unencrypted. IEEE 802.11w Protected Management Frames allows APs to use the existing security mechanisms (encryption and authentication methods defined in IEEE 802.11i WPA/WPA2) to protect management frames. This helps prevent wireless DoS attacks.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

OK Cancel

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
114

Chapter 12 AP Profile
12.5 MAC Filte r List
This screen allows you to create and manage security configurations that can be used by your SSIDs. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > MAC Filte r List. Note: You can have a maximum of 32 MAC filtering profiles on the Zyxel Device. Fig ure 69 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 48 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new MAC filtering profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected MAC filtering profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected MAC filtering profile.

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected MAC filtering profile (for example, SSID profile).

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the MAC filtering profile.

Filter Action

This field indicates this profile's filter action (if any).

12.5.1 Add/ Edit MAC Filte r Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new MAC filtering profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a MAC filter profile from the list and click the Edit button.
Note: Each MAC filtering profile can include a maximum of 512 MAC addresses.

NWA50AX User's Guide
115

Chapter 12 AP Profile Fig ure 70 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List > Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 49 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List > Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Filter Action

Select a llo w to permit the wireless client with the MAC addresses in this profile to connect to the network through the associated SSID; select de ny to block the wireless clients with the specified MAC addresses.

Add

Click this to add a MAC address to the profile's list.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected MAC address in the profile's list.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected MAC address from the profile's list.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

MAC

This field specifies a MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the MAC address to make it editable.

Description

This field displays a description for the MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the description to make it editable. Enter up to 60 characters, spaces and underscores allowed.

OK

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
116

C HA PTER 1 3 MO N Pro file
13.1 O ve rvie w
This screen allows you to set up monitor mode configurations that allow your Zyxel Device to scan for other wireless devices in the vicinity. Once detected, you can use the Wire le ss > MO N Mo de screen (Section 10.3 on page 79) to classify them as either rogue or friendly. Not all Zyxel Devices support monitor mode and rogue APs detection.
13.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The MO N Pro file screen (Section 13.2 on page 117) creates preset monitor mode configurations that can be used by the Zyxel Device.
13.2 MO N Pro file
This screen allows you to create monitor mode configurations that can be used by the APs. To access this screen, log into the Web Configurator, and click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > MO N Pro file . Fig ure 71 Configuration > Object > MON Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 50 Configuration > Object > MON Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new monitor mode profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected monitor mode profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected monitor mode profile.

Activate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te .

Inactivate

To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

NWA50AX User's Guide
117

Chapter 13 MON Profile

Table 50 Configuration > Object > MON Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected monitor mode profile (for example, an AP management profile).

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific profile.

Status

This field shows whether or not the entry is activated.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the monitor profile.

13.2.1 Add/ Edit MO N Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new monitor mode profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select and existing monitor mode profile and click the Edit button. See Section 1.2.3 on page 14 for more information about MON Mode.
Fig ure 72 Configuration > Object > MON Profile > Add/Edit MON Profile

NWA50AX User's Guide
118

Chapter 13 MON Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 51 Configuration > Object > MON Profile > Add/Edit MON Profile

LA BEL Activate Profile Name Channel dwell time
Scan Channel Mode

DESC RIPTIO N
Select this to activate this monitor mode profile.
This field indicates the name assigned to the monitor mode profile.
Enter the interval (in milliseconds) before the Zyxel Device switches to another channel for monitoring.
Select a uto to have the Zyxel Device switch to the next sequential channel once the C ha nne l dwe ll tim e expires.

Set Scan Channel List (2.4 GHz)

Select m a nua l to set specific channels through which to cycle sequentially when the C ha nne l dwe ll tim e expires. Selecting this options makes the Sc a n C ha nne l List options available.
Select one or more than one channel to have the Zyxel Device using this profile scan the channel(s) when Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de is set to m a nua l.

Set Scan Channel List (5 GHz)

These channels are limited to the 2.4 GHz range (802.11 b/g/n/ax).
Select one or more than one channel to have the Zyxel Device using this profile scan the channel(s) when Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de is set to m a nua l.

OK Cancel

These channels are limited to the 5 GHz range (802.11 a/n/ac/ax). Not all Zyxel Devices support both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
119

C HA PTER 1 4 WDS Pro file
14.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter shows you how to configure WDS (Wireless Distribution System) profiles for the Zyxel Device to form a WDS with other APs.
14.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The WDS Pro file screen (Section 14.2 on page 120) creates preset WDS configurations that can be used by the Zyxel Device.
14.2 WDS Pro file
This screen allows you to manage and create WDS profiles that can be used by the APs. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > WDS Pro file . Fig ure 73 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 52 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected profile.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific profile.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the profile.

WDS SSID

This field shows the SSID specified in this WDS profile.

NWA50AX User's Guide
120

Chapter 14 WDS Profile
14.2.1 Add/ Edit WDS Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new WDS profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select and existing profile and click the Edit button. Fig ure 74 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile > Add/Edit WDS Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 53 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile > Add/Edit WDS Profile

LA BEL Profile Name WDS SSID
Pre-Shared Key

DESC RIPTIO N
Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name.
Enter the SSID with which you want the Zyxel Device to connect to a root AP or repeater to form a WDS.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

OK Cancel

The key is used to encrypt the traffic between the APs. Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
121

C HA PTER 1 5
C e rtific a te s
15.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device can use certificates (also called digital IDs) to authenticate users. Certificates are based on public-private key pairs. A certificate contains the certificate owner's identity and public key. Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication.
15.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The My C e rtific a te s screens (Section 15.2 on page 125) generate and export self-signed certificates or certification requests and import the Zyxel Device's CA-signed certificates.
· The Truste d C e rtific a te s screens (Section 15.3 on page 132) save CA certificates and trusted remote host certificates to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device trusts any valid certificate that you have imported as a trusted certificate. It also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the certificates that you have imported as a trusted certificate.
15.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
When using public-key cryptology for authentication, each host has two keys. One key is public and can be made openly available. The other key is private and must be kept secure.
These keys work like a handwritten signature (in fact, certificates are often referred to as "digital signatures"). Only you can write your signature exactly as it should look. When people know what your signature looks like, they can verify whether something was signed by you, or by someone else. In the same way, your private key "writes" your digital signature and your public key allows people to verify whether data was signed by you, or by someone else.
This process works as follows:
1 Tim wants to send a message to Jenny. He needs her to be sure that it comes from him, and that the message content has not been altered by anyone else along the way. Tim generates a public key pair (one public key and one private key).
2 Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available. This means that anyone who receives a message seeming to come from Tim can read it and verify whether it is really from him or not.
3 Tim uses his private key to sign the message and sends it to Jenny. 4 Jenny receives the message and uses Tim's public key to verify it. Jenny knows that the message is from
Tim, and that although other people may have been able to read the message, no-one can have altered it (because they cannot re-sign the message with Tim's private key).
NWA50AX User's Guide
122

Chapter 15 Certificates
5 Additionally, Jenny uses her own private key to sign a message and Tim uses Jenny's public key to verify the message.
The Zyxel Device uses certificates based on public-key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection, not to encrypt the data that you send after establishing a connection. The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection.
The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates. Anyone can then use the certification authority's public key to verify the certificates.
A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate. The Zyxel Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked.
Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates. A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL (Certificate Revocation List). The Zyxel Device can check a peer's certificate against a directory server's list of revoked certificates. The framework of servers, software, procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI (public-key infrastructure).
Adva nta g e s o f C e rtific a te s
Certificates offer the following benefits.
· The Zyxel Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust, no matter how many devices you need to authenticate.
· Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys.
Se lf- sig ne d C e rtific a te s
You can have the Zyxel Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates.
Fa c to ry De fa ult C e rtific a te
The Zyxel Device generates its own unique self-signed certificate when you first turn it on. This certificate is referred to in the GUI as the factory default certificate.
C e rtific a te File Fo rm a ts
Any certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats:
· Binary X.509: This is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509 certificates. · PEM (Base-64) encoded X.509: This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses lowercase letters, uppercase
letters and numerals to convert a binary X.509 certificate into a printable form. · Binary PKCS#7: This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data (including digital signatures)
that may be encrypted. A PKCS #7 file is used to transfer a public key certificate. The private key is not included. The Zyxel Device currently allows the importation of a PKS#7 file that contains a single certificate. · PEM (Base-64) encoded PKCS#7: This Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary PKCS#7 certificate into a printable form.
NWA50AX User's Guide
123

Chapter 15 Certificates · Binary PKCS#12: This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.The private key
in a PKCS #12 file is within a password-encrypted envelope. The file's password is not connected to your certificate's public or private passwords. Exporting a PKCS #12 file creates this and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you import the file into the Zyxel Device. Note: Be careful not to convert a binary file to text during the transfer process. It is easy for this
to occur since many programs use text files by default.
15.1.3 Ve rifying a C e rtific a te
Before you import a trusted certificate into the Zyxel Device, you should verify that you have the correct certificate. You can do this using the certificate's fingerprint. A certificate's fingerprint is a message digest calculated using the MD5 or SHA1 algorithm. The following procedure describes how to check a certificate's fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate. 1 Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer. 2 Make sure that the certificate has a ".cer" or ".crt" file name extension.
3 Double-click the certificate's icon to open the C e rtific a te window. Click the De ta ils tab and scroll down to the Thum b print Alg o rithm and Thum b print fields.
4 Use a secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the Thum bprint Alg o rithm and Thum bprint fields. The secure method may vary based on your situation. Possible examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS connection. NWA50AX User's Guide
124

Chapter 15 Certificates
15.2 My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s to open this screen. This is the Zyxel Device's summary list of certificates and certification requests. Fig ure 75 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 54 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

PKI Storage Space This bar displays the percentage of the Zyxel Device's PKI storage space that is currently in use.

in Use

When the storage space is almost full, you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary

certificates before adding more certificates.

Add

Click this to go to the screen where you can have the Zyxel Device generate a certificate or a certification request.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen with an in-depth list of

information about the certificate.

Remove

The Zyxel Device keeps all of your certificates unless you specifically delete them. Uploading a new firmware or default configuration file does not delete your certificates. To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so. Subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.

Object Reference

You cannot delete certificates that any of the Zyxel Device's features are configured to use. Select an entry and click O b je c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.

#

This field displays the certificate index number. The certificates are listed in alphabetical order.

Name

This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name.

Type

This field displays what kind of certificate this is.

REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate. Send a certification request to a certification authority, which then issues a certificate. Use the My C e rtific a te Im po rt screen to import the certificate and replace the request.

SELF represents a self-signed certificate.

Subject

C ERTrepresents a certificate issued by a certification authority.
This field displays identifying information about the certificate's owner, such as CN (Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

NWA50AX User's Guide
125

Chapter 15 Certificates

Table 54 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Issuer

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as a common name, organizational unit or department, organization or company and country. With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Subje c t field.

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired.

Import

Click Im po rt to open a screen where you can save a certificate to the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click Re fre sh to display the current validity status of the certificates.

15.2.1 Add My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s and then the Add icon to open the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Use this screen to have the Zyxel Device create a self-signed certificate, enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request.
Fig ure 76 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add

NWA50AX User's Guide
126

Chapter 15 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 55 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add

LA BEL Name
Subject Information

DESC RIPTIO N
Type a name to identify this certificate. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate. You do not have to fill in every field, although you must specify a Ho st IP Addre ss, Ho st Do m a in Na m e , or E- Ma il. The certification authority may add fields (such as a serial number) to the subject information when it issues a certificate. It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

Select a radio button to identify the certificate's owner by IP address, domain name or email address. Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation), domain name or e-mail address in the field provided. The domain name or e-mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.

A domain name can be up to 255 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and periods.

Organizational Unit
Organization Town (City) State (Province) Country Key Type

An e-mail address can be up to 63 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen, the @ symbol, periods and the underscore.
Identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the town or city where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the state or province where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the nation where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
The Zyxel Device uses the RSA (Rivest, Shamir and Adleman) public-key encryption algorithm. SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) and SHA2 are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data. SHA2-256 or SHA2-512 are part of the SHA2 set of cryptographic functions and they are considered even more secure than SHA1.

Key Length Extended Key Usage

Select a key type from RSA- SHA256 and RSA- SHA512.
Select a number from the drop-down list box to determine how many bits the key should use (1024 to 2048). The longer the key, the more secure it is. A longer key also uses more PKI storage space.
Select Se rve r Authe ntic a tio n to allow a web server to send clients the certificate to authenticate itself.

Create a self-signed certificate
Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment

Select C lie nt Authe ntic a tio n to use the certificate's key to authenticate clients to the secure gateway.
These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority (CA) itself. This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate and store a request for a certificate. Use the My C e rtific a te Edit screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority.
Copy the certification request from the My C e rtific a te Edit screen and then send it to the certification authority.

NWA50AX User's Guide
127

Chapter 15 Certificates

Table 55 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add (continued)

LA BEL
Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online

DESC RIPTIO N
Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate.
You must have the certification authority's certificate already imported in the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen.

Enrollment Protocol

When you select this option, you must select the certification authority's enrollment protocol and the certification authority's certificate from the drop-down list boxes and enter the certification authority's server address. You also need to fill in the Re fe re nc e Num b e r and Ke y if the certification authority requires them.
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Select the certification authority's enrollment protocol from the dropdown list box.

Sim ple C e rtific a te Enro llm e nt Pro to c o l (SC EP) is a TCP-based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco.

CA Server Address

C e rtific a te Ma na g e m e nt Pro to c o l (C MP) is a TCP-based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X.509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and is specified in RFC 2510.
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Enter the IP address (or URL) of the certification authority server.

CA Certificate

For a URL, you can use up to 511 of the following characters. a-zA-Z0-9'()+,/:.=?;!*#@$_%-
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Select the certification authority's certificate from the C A C e rtific a te drop-down list box.

Request Authentication

You must have the certification authority's certificate already imported in the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. Click Truste d C As to go to the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen where you can view (and manage) the Zyxel Device's list of certificates of trusted certification authorities.
When you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline , the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request.

Fill in both the Re fe re nc e Num be r and the Ke y fields if your certification authority uses the CMP enrollment protocol. Just the Ke y field displays if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol.

For the reference number, use 0 to 99999999.

OK Cancel

For the key, use up to 31 of the following characters. a-zA-Z0-9;|`~!@#$%^&*()_+\{}':,./ <>=-
Click O K to begin certificate or certification request generation.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

If you configured the Add My C e rtific a te s screen to have the Zyxel Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful, you see a screen with a Re turn button that takes you back to the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Click Re turn and check your information in the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the Zyxel Device to enroll a certificate online.

15.2.2 Edit My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s and then the Edit icon to open the My C e rtific a te Edit screen. You can use this screen to view in-depth certificate information and change the certificate's name.
NWA50AX User's Guide
128

Chapter 15 Certificates Fig ure 77 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit
NWA50AX User's Guide
129

Chapter 15 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 56 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit

LA BEL Name
Certification Path

DESC RIPTIO N
This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
This field displays for a certificate, not a certification request.

Click the Re fre sh button to have this read-only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate (and the certificate itself).

Refresh Certificate Information Type
Version Serial Number Subject Issuer

If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority, it may be the only certification authority in the list (along with the certificate itself). If the certificate is a self-signed certificate, the certificate itself is the only one in the list. The Zyxel Device does not trust the certificate and displays "Not trusted" in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked.
Click Re fre sh to display the certification path.
These read-only fields display detailed information about the certificate.
This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the certificate's owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). "X.509" means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509 recommendation that defines the formats for public-key certificates.
This field displays the X.509 version number.
This field displays the certificate's identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the Zyxel Device.
This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O), State (ST), and Country (C).
This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit, Organization and Country.

With self-signed certificates, this is the same as the Sub je c t Na m e field.

"none" displays for a certification request.

Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate.

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. "none" displays for a certification request.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired. "none" displays for a certification request.

Key Algorithm

This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate's key pair (the Zyxel Device uses RSA encryption) and the length of the key set in bits (1024 bits for example).

Subject Alternative Name

This field displays the certificate owner`s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS) or e-mail address (EMAIL).

Key Usage

This field displays for what functions the certificate's key can be used. For example, "DigitalSignature" means that the key can be used to sign certificates and "KeyEncipherment" means that the key can be used to encrypt text.

Extended Key Usage This field displays for what EKU (Extended Key Usage) functions the certificate's key can be used.

Basic Constraint

This field displays general information about the certificate. For example, Subject Type=CA means that this is a certification authority's certificate and "Path Length Constraint=1" means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate's path. This field does not display for a certification request.

NWA50AX User's Guide
130

Chapter 15 Certificates

Table 56 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit

LA BEL MD5 Fingerprint
SHA1 Fingerprint
Certificate in PEM (Base-64) Encoded Format

DESC RIPTIO N
This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm.
This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm.
This read-only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary certificate into a printable form.

You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority's web page, an e-mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment.

Export Certificate Only
Password
Export Certificate with Private Key
OK Cancel

You can copy and paste a certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).
Use this button to save a copy of the certificate without its private key. Click this button and then Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
If you want to export the certificate with its private key, create a password and type it here. Make sure you keep this password in a safe place. You will need to use it if you import the certificate to another device.
Use this button to save a copy of the certificate with its private key. Type the certificate's password and click this button. Click Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. You can only change the name.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

15.2.3 Im po rt C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s > Im po rt to open the My C e rtific a te Im po rt screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the Zyxel Device.
Note: You can import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the Zyxel Device. You can also import a certificate in PKCS#12 format, including the certificate's public and private keys.
The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My C e rtific a te s screen.
You must remove any spaces in the certificate's filename before you can import it.

NWA50AX User's Guide
131

Chapter 15 Certificates Fig ure 78 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Import

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 57 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Import

LA BEL File Path

DESC RIPTIO N Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse to find it.

Browse Password
OK Cancel

You cannot import a certificate with the same name as a certificate that is already in the Zyxel Device.
Click Bro wse to find the certificate file you want to upload.
This field only applies when you import a binary PKCS#12 format file. Type the file's password that was created when the PKCS #12 file was exported.
Click O K to save the certificate on the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

15.3 Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s to open the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. This screen displays a summary list of certificates that you have set the Zyxel Device to accept as trusted. The Zyxel Device also accepts any valid certificate signed by a certificate on this list as being trustworthy; thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certificates.

NWA50AX User's Guide
132

Chapter 15 Certificates Fig ure 79 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 58 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

PKI Storage Space This bar displays the percentage of the Zyxel Device's PKI storage space that is currently in use.

in Use

When the storage space is almost full, you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary

certificates before adding more certificates.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen with an in-depth list of

information about the certificate.

Remove

The Zyxel Device keeps all of your certificates unless you specifically delete them. Uploading a new firmware or default configuration file does not delete your certificates. To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so. Subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.

Object Reference

You cannot delete certificates that any of the Zyxel Device's features are configured to use. Select an entry and click O bje c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.

#

This field displays the certificate index number. The certificates are listed in alphabetical order.

Name

This field displays the name used to identify this certificate.

Subject

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's owner, such as CN (Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

Issuer Valid From

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as a common name, organizational unit or department, organization or company and country. With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Subje c t field.
This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired.

Import

Click Im po rt to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust, from your computer to the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates.

15.3.1 Edit Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s and then a certificate's Edit icon to open the Truste d C e rtific a te s Edit screen. Use this screen to view in-depth information about the certificate, change the certificate's name and set whether or not you want the Zyxel Device to check a certification authority's list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification
NWA50AX User's Guide
133

Chapter 15 Certificates authority. Fig ure 80 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit
NWA50AX User's Guide
134

Chapter 15 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 59 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit

LA BEL Name Certification Path
Refresh Enable X.509v3 CRL Distribution Points and OCSP checking OCSP Server
URL ID
Password LDAP Server
Address Port ID
Password Certificate Information Type
Version Serial Number Subject Issuer

DESC RIPTIO N
This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. You can change the name. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
Click the Re fre sh button to have this read-only text box display the end entity's certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity's certificate. If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certificate, it may be the only certification authority in the list (along with the end entity's own certificate). The Zyxel Device does not trust the end entity's certificate and displays "Not trusted" in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked.
Click Re fre sh to display the certification path.
Select this check box to have the Zyxel Device check incoming certificates that are signed by this certificate against a Certificate Revocation List (CRL) or an OCSP server. You also need to configure the OSCP or LDAP server details.
Select this check box if the directory server uses OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol).
Type the protocol, IP address and pathname of the OCSP server.
The Zyxel Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the OCSP server. Type the login name (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the server (usually a certification authority).
Type the password (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the OCSP server (usually a certification authority).
Select this check box if the directory server uses LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol). LDAP is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates.
Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) of the directory server.
Use this field to specify the LDAP server port number. You must use the same server port number that the directory server uses. 389 is the default server port number for LDAP.
The Zyxel Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the CRL directory server. Type the login name (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the server (usually a certification authority).
Type the password (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the CRL directory server (usually a certification authority).
These read-only fields display detailed information about the certificate.
This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the certificate's owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). X.509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509 recommendation that defines the formats for public-key certificates.
This field displays the X.509 version number.
This field displays the certificate's identification number given by the certification authority.
This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country (C).
This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit, Organization and Country.

Signature Algorithm

With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Subje c t Na m e field.
This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate. Some certification authorities use rsa-pkcs1-sha1 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm). Other certification authorities may use rsa-pkcs1-md5 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm).

NWA50AX User's Guide
135

Chapter 15 Certificates

Table 59 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit (continued)

LA BEL Valid From Valid To Key Algorithm
Subject Alternative Name Key Usage
Basic Constraint
MD5 Fingerprint
SHA1 Fingerprint
Certificate

DESC RIPTIO N
This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid! message if the certificate has not yet become applicable.
This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired.
This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate's key pair (the Zyxel Device uses RSA encryption) and the length of the key set in bits (1024 bits for example).
This field displays the certificate's owner`s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS) or e-mail address (EMAIL).
This field displays for what functions the certificate's key can be used. For example, "DigitalSignature" means that the key can be used to sign certificates and "KeyEncipherment" means that the key can be used to encrypt text.
This field displays general information about the certificate. For example, Subject Type=CA means that this is a certification authority's certificate and "Path Length Constraint=1" means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate's path.
This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority (over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.
This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority (over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.
This read-only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary certificate into a printable form.

Export Certificate
OK Cancel

You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).
Click this button and then Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. You can only change the name.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen.

15.3.2 Im po rt Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s > Im po rt to open the Im po rt Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certificate to the Zyxel Device.
Note: You must remove any spaces from the certificate's filename before you can import the certificate.

NWA50AX User's Guide
136

Chapter 15 Certificates Fig ure 81 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Import

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 60 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Import

LA BEL File Path

DESC RIPTIO N Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse to find it.

Browse OK Cancel

You cannot import a certificate with the same name as a certificate that is already in the Zyxel Device. Click Bro wse to find the certificate file you want to upload. Click O K to save the certificate on the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the previous screen.

15.4 Te c hnic a l Re fe re nc e
The following section contains additional technical information about the features described in this chapter.
O C SP
OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol) allows an application or device to check whether a certificate is valid. With OCSP the Zyxel Device checks the status of individual certificates instead of downloading a Certificate Revocation List (CRL). OCSP has two main advantages over a CRL. The first is real-time status information. The second is a reduction in network traffic since the Zyxel Device only gets information on the certificates that it needs to verify, not a huge list. When the Zyxel Device requests certificate status information, the OCSP server returns a "expired", "current" or "unknown" response.

NWA50AX User's Guide
137

C HA PTER 1 6 Syste m
16.1 O ve rvie w
Use the system screens to configure general Zyxel Device settings.
16.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ho st Na me screen (Section 16.2 on page 138) configures a unique name for the Zyxel Device in your network.
· The Da te / Tim e screen (Section 16.3 on page 139) configures the date and time for the Zyxel Device. · The WWW screens (Section 16.4 on page 143) configure settings for HTTP or HTTPS access to the Zyxel
Device. · The SSH screen (Section 16.5 on page 151) configures SSH (Secure SHell) for securely accessing the
Zyxel Device's command line interface. · The Te lne t screen (Section 16.6 on page 155) configures Telnet for accessing the Zyxel Device's
command line interface. · The FTP screen (Section 16.6 on page 155) specifies FTP server settings. You can upload and
download the Zyxel Device's firmware and configuration files using FTP. Please also see Chapter 18 on page 167 for more information about firmware and configuration files.
16.2 Ho st Na m e
A host name is the unique name by which a device is known on a network. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > Ho st Na m e to open this screen. Fig ure 82 Configuration > System > Host Name
NWA50AX User's Guide
138

Chapter 16 System

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 61 Configuration > System > Host Name

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

System Name

Choose a descriptive name to identify your Zyxel Device device. This name can be up to 64 alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes (-) underscores (_) and periods (.) are accepted.

System Location

Specify the name of the place where the Zyxel Device is located. You can enter up to 60 alphanumeric and '()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$%@ characters. Spaces and underscores are allowed. The name should start with a letter.

Domain Name

Enter the domain name (if you know it) here. This name is propagated to DHCP clients connected to interfaces with the DHCP server enabled. This name can be up to 254 alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes "-" are accepted.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

16.3 Da te a nd Tim e
For effective scheduling and logging, the Zyxel Device system time must be accurate. The Zyxel Device has a software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external server.
To change your Zyxel Device's time based on your local time zone and date, click Co nfig ura tio n > Syste m > Da te / Tim e . The screen displays as shown. You can manually set the Zyxel Device's time and date or have the Zyxel Device get the date and time from a time server.

NWA50AX User's Guide
139

Chapter 16 System Fig ure 83 Configuration > System > Date/Time

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 62 Configuration > System > Date/Time

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Current Time and Date

Current Time

This field displays the present time of your Zyxel Device.

Current Date

This field displays the present date of your Zyxel Device.

Time and Date Setup

Manual

Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually. If you configure a new time and date, time zone and daylight saving at the same time, the time zone and daylight saving will affect the new time and date you entered. When you enter the time settings manually, the Zyxel Device uses the new setting once you click Apply.

New Time (hh:mm:ss)

This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually. When you set Tim e a nd Da te Se tup to Ma nua l, enter the new time in this field and then click A p p ly .

New Date (yyyy-mm-dd)

This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually. When you set Tim e a nd Da te Se tup to Ma nua l, enter the new date in this field and then click A p p ly .

Get from Time Server

Select this radio button to have the Zyxel Device get the time and date from the time server you specify below. The Zyxel Device requests time and date settings from the time server under the following circumstances.

· When the Zyxel Device starts up. · When you click Apply or Sync . No w in this screen. · 24-hour intervals after starting up.

NWA50AX User's Guide
140

Chapter 16 System

Table 62 Configuration > System > Date/Time (continued)

LA BEL Time Server Address
Sync. Now
Time Zone Setup Time Zone
Enable Daylight Saving

DESC RIPTIO N Enter the IP address or URL of your time server. Check with your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information. Click this button to have the Zyxel Device get the time and date from a time server (see the Tim e Se rve r Addre ss field). This also saves your changes (except the daylight saving settings).
Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Daylight saving is a period from late spring to fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening.

Start Date

Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time.
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Ena ble Da ylig ht Sa ving . The a t field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:

Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select Se c o nd, Sunda y, Ma rc h and type 2 in the a t field.

End Date

Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March. All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select La st, Sunda y, Ma rc h. The time you type in the a t field depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Ena ble Da ylig ht Sa ving . The a t field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:

Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November. Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select First, Sunda y, No ve m b e r and type 2 in the a t field.

Offset

Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October. All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select La st, Sunda y, O c to b e r. The time you type in the a t field depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Specify how much the clock changes when daylight saving begins and ends.

Enter a number from 1 to 5.5 (by 0.5 increments).

Apply Reset

For example, if you set this field to 3.5, a log occurred at 6 P.M. in local official time will appear as if it had occurred at 10:30 P.M.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

16.3.1 Pre - de fine d NTP Tim e Se rve rs List
When you turn on the Zyxel Device for the first time, the date and time start at 2003-01-01 00:00:00. The Zyxel Device then attempts to synchronize with one of the following pre-defined list of Network Time Protocol (NTP) time servers.

NWA50AX User's Guide
141

Chapter 16 System
The Zyxel Device continues to use the following pre-defined list of NTP time servers if you do not specify a time server or it cannot synchronize with the time server you specified. Table 63 Default Time Servers
0.pool.ntp.org 1.pool.ntp.org 2.pool.ntp.org
When the Zyxel Device uses the pre-defined list of NTP time servers, it randomly selects one server and tries to synchronize with it. If the synchronization fails, then the Zyxel Device goes through the rest of the list in order from the first one tried until either it is successful or all the pre-defined NTP time servers have been tried.
16.3.2 Tim e Se rve r Sync hro niza tio n
Click the Sync . No w button to get the time and date from the time server you specified in the Tim e Se rve r Addre ss field. When the Lo a ding message appears, you may have to wait up to one minute. Fig ure 84 Loading
The C urre nt Tim e and C urre nt Da te fields will display the appropriate settings if the synchronization is successful. If the synchronization was not successful, a log displays in the Vie w Lo g screen. Try re-configuring the Da te / Tim e screen. To manually set the Zyxel Device date and time:
1 Click Syste m > Da te / Tim e . 2 Select Ma nua l under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup. 3 Enter the Zyxel Device's time in the Ne w Tim e field. 4 Enter the Zyxel Device's date in the Ne w Da te field. 5 Under Tim e Zo ne Se tup, select your Tim e Zo ne from the list. 6 As an option you can select the Ena ble Da ylig ht Sa ving check box to adjust the Zyxel Device clock for
daylight savings. 7 Click Apply.
To get the Zyxel Device date and time from a time server:
1 Click Syste m > Da te / Tim e . 2 Select G e t fro m Tim e Se rve r under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup.
NWA50AX User's Guide
142

Chapter 16 System
3 Under Tim e Zo ne Se tup, select your Tim e Zo ne from the list. 4 Under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup, enter a Tim e Se rve r Addre ss. 5 Click Apply.
16.4 WWW O ve rvie w
The following figure shows secure and insecure management of the Zyxel Device coming in from the WAN. HTTPS and SSH access are secure. HTTP, Telnet, and FTP management access are not secure. Fig ure 85 Secure and Insecure Service Access From the WAN
16.4.1 Se rvic e Ac c e ss Lim ita tio ns
A service cannot be used to access the Zyxel Device when you have disabled that service in the corresponding screen.
16.4.2 Syste m Tim e o ut
There is a lease timeout for administrators. The Zyxel Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period. The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling. Each user is also forced to log in the Zyxel Device for authentication again when the reauthentication time expires. You can change the timeout settings in the Use r screens.
16.4.3 HTTPS
You can set the Zyxel Device to use HTTP or HTTPS (HTTPS adds security) for Web Configurator sessions. HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer, or HTTP over SSL) is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts web pages. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) is an application-level protocol that enables secure transactions of data by ensuring confidentiality (an unauthorized party cannot read the
NWA50AX User's Guide
143

Chapter 16 System
transferred data), authentication (one party can identify the other party) and data integrity (you know if data has been changed). It relies upon certificates, public keys, and private keys (see Chapter 15 on page 122 for more information). HTTPS on the Zyxel Device is used so that you can securely access the Zyxel Device using the Web Configurator. The SSL protocol specifies that the HTTPS server (the Zyxel Device) must always authenticate itself to the HTTPS client (the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the Zyxel Device), whereas the HTTPS client only should authenticate itself when the HTTPS server requires it to do so (select Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s in the WWW screen). Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is optional and if selected means the HTTPS client must send the Zyxel Device a certificate. You must apply for a certificate for the browser from a CA that is a trusted CA on the Zyxel Device. Please refer to the following figure. 1 HTTPS connection requests from an SSL-aware web browser go to port 443 (by default) on the Zyxel Device's web server. 2 HTTP connection requests from a web browser go to port 80 (by default) on the Zyxel Device's web server. Fig ure 86 HTTP/HTTPS Implementation
Note: If you disable HTTP in the WWW screen, then the Zyxel Device blocks all HTTP connection attempts.
16.4.4 C o nfig uring WWW Se rvic e C o ntro l
Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > WWW to open the WWW screen. Use this screen to specify HTTP or HTTPS settings.
NWA50AX User's Guide
144

Chapter 16 System Fig ure 87 Configuration > System > WWW > Service Control

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 64 Configuration > System > WWW > Service Control

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

HTTPS

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device Web Configurator using secure HTTPs connections.

Server Port

The HTTPS server listens on port 443 by default. If you change the HTTPS server port to a different number on the Zyxel Device, for example 8443, then you must notify people who need to access the Zyxel Device Web Configurator to use "https://Zyxel Device IP Address:8443" as the URL.

Authenticate Client Certificates

Select Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s (optional) to require the SSL client to authenticate itself to the Zyxel Device by sending the Zyxel Device a certificate. To do that the SSL client must have a CA-signed certificate from a CA that has been imported as a trusted CA on the Zyxel Device.

Server Certificate

Select a certificate the HTTPS server (the Zyxel Device) uses to authenticate itself to the HTTPS client. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Redirect HTTP to HTTPS To allow only secure Web Configurator access, select this to redirect all HTTP connection requests to the HTTPS server.

HTTP

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device Web Configurator using HTTP connections.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service to access the Zyxel Device.

Apply Reset

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

16.4.5 HTTPS Exa m ple
If you have not changed the default HTTPS port on the Zyxel Device, then in your browser enter "https:// Zyxel Device IP Address/" as the web site address where "Zyxel Device IP Address" is the IP address or domain name of the Zyxel Device you wish to access.
NWA50AX User's Guide
145

Chapter 16 System
16.4.5.1 G o o g le C hro m e Wa rning Me ssa g e s
When you attempt to access the Zyxel Device HTTPS server, you will see the error message shown in the following screen. Fig ure 88 Security Alert Dialog Box (Google Chrome)
Select Adva nc e d > Pro c e e d to 192.168.1.2 (unsa fe ) to proceed to the Web Configurator login screen.
16.4.5.2 Mo zilla Fire fo x Wa rning Me ssa g e s
When you attempt to access the Zyxel Device HTTPS server, a Warning screen appears as shown in the following screen. Click Le a rn Mo re ... if you want to verify more information about the certificate from the Zyxel Device. Click Adva nc e d > Ac c e pt the Risk a nd C o ntinue .
NWA50AX User's Guide
146

Chapter 16 System Fig ure 89 Security Certificate 1 (Firefox)
16.4.5.3 Avo iding Bro wse r Wa rning Me ssa g e s
Here are the main reasons your browser displays warnings about the Zyxel Device's HTTPS server certificate and what you can do to avoid seeing the warnings: · The issuing certificate authority of the Zyxel Device's HTTPS server certificate is not one of the browser's
trusted certificate authorities. The issuing certificate authority of the Zyxel Device's factory default certificate is the Zyxel Device itself since the certificate is a self-signed certificate. · For the browser to trust a self-signed certificate, import the self-signed certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate. · To have the browser trust the certificates issued by a certificate authority, import the certificate authority's certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate. Refer to Appendix A on page 206 for details.
16.4.5.4 Enro lling a nd Im po rting SSL C lie nt C e rtific a te s
The SSL client needs a certificate if Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is selected on the Zyxel Device. You must have imported at least one trusted CA to the Zyxel Device in order for the Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s to be active (see the Certificates chapter for details). Apply for a certificate from a Certification Authority (CA) that is trusted by the Zyxel Device (see the Zyxel Device's Truste d C e rtific a te s Web Configurator screen).
NWA50AX User's Guide
147

Chapter 16 System Fig ure 90 Trusted Certificates
The CA sends you a package containing the CA's trusted certificate(s), your personal certificate(s) and a password to install the personal certificate(s).
16.4.5.5 Insta lling a Pe rso na l C e rtific a te
You need a password in advance. The CA may issue the password or you may have to specify it during the enrollment. Double-click the personal certificate given to you by the CA to produce a screen similar to the one shown next. 1 Click Ne xt to begin the wizard.
2 The file name and path of the certificate you double-clicked should automatically appear in the File na me text box. Click Bro wse if you wish to import a different certificate.
NWA50AX User's Guide
148

Chapter 16 System
3 Enter the password given to you by the CA.
4 Have the wizard determine where the certificate should be saved on your computer or select Pla c e a ll c e rtific a te s in the fo llo wing sto re and choose a different location. NWA50AX User's Guide
149

Chapter 16 System
5 Click Finish to complete the wizard and begin the import process.
6 You should see the following screen when the certificate is correctly installed on your computer.
16.4.5.6 Using a C e rtific a te Whe n Ac c e ssing the Zyxe l De vic e
To access the Zyxel Device via HTTPS: NWA50AX User's Guide
150

Chapter 16 System 1 Enter `https://Zyxel Device IP Address/' in your browser's web address field.
2 When Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is selected on the Zyxel Device, the following screen asks you to select a personal certificate to send to the Zyxel Device. This screen displays even if you only have a single certificate as in the example.
3 You next see the Web Configurator login screen.
16.5 SSH
You can use SSH (Secure SHell) to securely access the Zyxel Device's command line interface. SSH is a secure communication protocol that combines authentication and data encryption to provide secure encrypted communication between two hosts over an unsecured network. In the following figure, computer B on the Internet uses SSH to securely connect to the Zyxel Device (A) for a management session. Fig ure 91 SSH Communication Over the WAN Example
NWA50AX User's Guide
151

Chapter 16 System
16.5.1 Ho w SSH Wo rks
The following figure is an example of how a secure connection is established between two remote hosts using SSH v1. Fig ure 92 How SSH v1 Works Example
1 Host Identification The SSH client sends a connection request to the SSH server. The server identifies itself with a host key. The client encrypts a randomly generated session key with the host key and server key and sends the result back to the server. The client automatically saves any new server public keys. In subsequent connections, the server public key is checked against the saved version on the client computer.
2 Encryption Method Once the identification is verified, both the client and server must agree on the type of encryption method to use.
3 Authentication and Data Transmission After the identification is verified and data encryption activated, a secure tunnel is established between the client and the server. The client then sends its authentication information (user name and password) to the server to log in to the server.
NWA50AX User's Guide
152

Chapter 16 System
16.5.2 SSH Im ple m e nta tio n o n the Zyxe l De vic e
Your Zyxel Device supports SSH versions 1 and 2 using RSA authentication and four encryption methods (AES, 3DES, Archfour, and Blowfish). The SSH server is implemented on the Zyxel Device for management using port 22 (by default).
16.5.3 Re q uire m e nts fo r Using SSH
You must install an SSH client program on a client computer (Windows or Linux operating system) that is used to connect to the Zyxel Device over SSH.
16.5.4 C o nfig uring SSH
Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > SSH to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure your Zyxel Device's Secure Shell settings. Note: It is recommended that you disable Telnet and FTP when you configure SSH for secure
connections. Fig ure 93 Configuration > System > SSH

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 65 Configuration > System > SSH

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device CLI using this service.

Note: The Zyxel Device uses only SSH version 2 protocol.

Version 1

Select the check box to have the Zyxel Device use both SSH version 1 and version 2 protocols. If you clear the check box, the Zyxel Device uses only SSH version 2 protocol.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Server Certificate

Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the Zyxel Device for SSH connections. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
153

Chapter 16 System
16.5.5 Exa m ple s o f Se c ure Te lne t Using SSH
This section shows two examples using a command interface and a graphical interface SSH client program to remotely access the Zyxel Device. The configuration and connection steps are similar for most SSH client programs. Refer to your SSH client program user's guide.
16.5.5.1 Exa m ple 1: Mic ro so ft Windo ws
This section describes how to access the Zyxel Device using the Secure Shell Client program. 1 Launch the SSH client and specify the connection information (IP address, port number) for the Zyxel
Device. 2 Configure the SSH client to accept connection using SSH version 2. 3 A window displays prompting you to store the host key in you computer. Click Ye s to continue.
Fig ure 94 SSH Example 1: Store Host Key
Enter the password to log in to the Zyxel Device. The CLI screen displays next.
16.5.5.2 Exa m ple 2: Linux
This section describes how to access the Zyxel Device using the OpenSSH client program that comes with most Linux distributions. 1 Test whether the SSH service is available on the Zyxel Device.
Enter "telnet 192.168.1.2 22" at a terminal prompt and press [ENTER]. The computer attempts to connect to port 22 on the Zyxel Device (using the default IP address of 192.168.1.2). A message displays indicating the SSH protocol version supported by the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
154

Chapter 16 System
Fig ure 95 SSH Example 2: Test $ telnet 192.168.1.2 22 Trying 192.168.1.2... Connected to 192.168.1.2. Escape character is '^]'. SSH-1.5-1.0.0
2 Enter "ssh ­2 192.168.1.2". This command forces your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device using SSH version 1. If this is the first time you are connecting to the Zyxel Device using SSH, a message displays prompting you to save the host information of the Zyxel Device. Type "yes" and press [ENTER]. Then enter the password to log in to the Zyxel Device. Fig ure 96 SSH Example 2: Log in $ ssh ­2 192.168.1.2 The authenticity of host '192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2)' can't be established. RSA1 key fingerprint is 21:6c:07:25:7e:f4:75:80:ec:af:bd:d4:3d:80:53:d1. Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.2' (RSA1) to the list of known hosts. Administrator@192.168.1.2's password:
3 The CLI screen displays next.
16.6 FTP
You can upload and download the Zyxel Device's firmware and configuration files using FTP. To use this feature, your computer must have an FTP client. See Chapter 18 on page 167 for more information about firmware and configuration files. To change your Zyxel Device's FTP settings, click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > FTP tab. The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to specify FTP settings. Fig ure 97 Configuration > System > FTP
NWA50AX User's Guide
155

Chapter 16 System

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 66 Configuration > System > FTP

LA BEL Enable
TLS required

DESC RIPTIO N
Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device using this service.
Select the check box to use FTP over TLS (Transport Layer Security) to encrypt communication.

This implements TLS as a security mechanism to secure FTP clients and/or servers.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Server Certificate Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the Zyxel Device for FTP connections. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
156

C HA PTER 1 7 Lo g a nd Re po rt
17.1 O ve rvie w
Use the system screens to configure daily reporting and log settings.
17.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do In this C ha pte r
· The Lo g Se tting screens (Section 17.2 on page 157) specify which logs are e-mailed, where they are emailed, and how often they are e-mailed.
17.2 Lo g Se tting
These screens control log messages and alerts. A log message stores the information for viewing (for example, in the Mo nito r > Vie w Lo g screen) or regular e-mailing later, and an alert is e-mailed immediately. Usually, alerts are used for events that require more serious attention, such as system errors and attacks. The Zyxel Device provides a system log and supports e-mail profiles and remote syslog servers. The system log is available on the Vie w Lo g screen, the e-mail profiles are used to mail log messages to the specified destinations, and the other four logs are stored on specified syslog servers. The Lo g Se tting tab also controls what information is saved in each log. For the system log, you can also specify which log messages are e-mailed, where they are e-mailed, and how often they are e-mailed. For alerts, the Lo g Se tting screen controls which events generate alerts and where alerts are e-mailed. The Lo g Se tting screen provides a summary of all the settings. You can use the Edit Lo g Se tting screen to maintain the detailed settings (such as log categories, e-mail addresses, server names, etc.) for any log. Alternatively, if you want to edit what events is included in each log, you can also use the Ac tive Lo g Summ a ry screen to edit this information for all logs at the same time.
17.2.1 Lo g Se tting Sc re e n
To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Lo g & Re po rt > Lo g Se tting .
NWA50AX User's Guide
157

Chapter 17 Log and Report Fig ure 98 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 67 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting

LA BEL Edit
Activate Inactivate # Status Name Log Format

DESC RIPTIO N Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te . This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log. This field shows whether the log is active or not. This field displays the name of the log (system log or one of the remote servers). This field displays the format of the log.

Inte rna l - system log; you can view the log on the Vie w Lo g tab.

VRPT/ Syslo g - Zyxel's Vantage Report, syslog-compatible format.

Summary

C EF/ Syslo g - Common Event Format, syslog-compatible format. This field is a summary of the settings for each log.

NWA50AX User's Guide
158

Chapter 17 Log and Report

Table 67 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Active Log Summary

Click this button to open the Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry screen.

Apply

Click this button to save your changes (activate and deactivate logs) and make them take effect.

17.2.2 Edit Syste m Lo g Se tting s
This screen controls the detailed settings for each log in the system log (which includes the e-mail profiles). Select a system log entry in the Lo g Se tting screen and click the Edit icon.

NWA50AX User's Guide
159

Chapter 17 Log and Report Fig ure 99 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting
NWA50AX User's Guide
160

Chapter 17 Log and Report

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 68 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting

LA BEL E-Mail Server 1/2
Active
Mail Server SSL/TLS Encryption

DESC RIPTIO N
Select this to send log messages and alerts according to the information in this section. You specify what kinds of log messages are included in log information and what kinds of log messages are included in alerts in the Ac tive Lo g a nd Ale rt section. Type the name or IP address of the outgoing SMTP server. Select SSL/ TLS to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) if you want encrypted communications between the mail server and the Zyxel Device.

Select STARTTLS to upgrade a plain text connection to a secure connection using SSL/TLS.

Select No to not encrypt the communications.

Mail Server Port

Enter the same port number here as is on the mail server for mail traffic.

Mail Subject

Type the subject line for the outgoing e-mail. Select Appe nd syste m na m e to add the Zyxel Device's system name to the subject. Select Appe nd da te tim e to add the Zyxel Device's system date and time to the subject.

Send From

Type the e-mail address from which the outgoing e-mail is delivered. This address is used in replies.

Send Log To

Type the e-mail address to which the outgoing e-mail is delivered.

Send Alerts To

Type the e-mail address to which alerts are delivered.

Sending Log

Select how often log information is e-mailed. Choices are: Whe n Full, Ho urly a nd Whe n Full, Da ily a nd Whe n Full, and We e kly a nd Whe n Full.

Day for Sending Log This field is available if the log is e-mailed weekly. Select the day of the week the log is emailed.

Time for Sending Log

This field is available if the log is e-mailed weekly or daily. Select the time of day (hours and minutes) when the log is e-mailed. Use 24-hour notation.

SMTP Authentication

Select this check box if it is necessary to provide a user name and password to the SMTP server.

User Name

This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the user name to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed.

Password

This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the password to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed.

Active Log and Alert

System log

Use the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information for any category for the system log or e-mail any logs to e-mail server 1 or 2.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - create log messages and alerts for all categories for the system log. If e-mail server 1 or 2 also has normal logs enabled, the Zyxel Device will e-mail logs to them.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all categories. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if this setting is selected.

NWA50AX User's Guide
161

Chapter 17 Log and Report

Table 68 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting (continued)

LA BEL E-mail Server 1

DESC RIPTIO N
Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 1 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 1 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 1 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 1.

E-mail Server 2

e na ble a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 1.
Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 2 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 2 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 2 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 2.

# Log Category
System log

e na ble a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 2.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.
This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.
Select which events you want to log by Lo g C a te g o ry. There are three choices:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - create log messages and alerts from this category

E-mail Server 1
E-mail Server 2
Log Consolidation Active
Log Consolidation Interval OK Cancel

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information from this category; the Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, however, even if this setting is selected.
Select whether each category of events should be included in the log messages when it is e-mailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 1. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
Select whether each category of events should be included in log messages when it is emailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 2. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
Select this to activate log consolidation. Log consolidation aggregates multiple log messages that arrive within the specified Lo g C o nso lida tio n Inte rva l. In the Vie w Lo g tab, the text "[count=x]", where x is the number of original log messages, is appended at the end of the Me ssa g e field, when multiple log messages were aggregated.
Type how often, in seconds, to consolidate log information. If the same log message appears multiple times, it is aggregated into one log message with the text "[count=x]", where x is the number of original log messages, appended at the end of the Me ssa g e field.
Click this to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
162

Chapter 17 Log and Report
17.2.3 Edit Re m o te Se rve r
This screen controls the settings for each log in the remote server (syslog). Select a remote server entry in the Lo g Se tting screen and click the Edit icon. Fig ure 100 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit Remote Server
NWA50AX User's Guide
163

Chapter 17 Log and Report

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 69 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit Remote Server

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Log Settings for Remote Server

Active

Select this check box to send log information according to the information in this section. You specify what kinds of messages are included in log information in the Ac tive Lo g section.

Log Format This field displays the format of the log information. It is read-only.

VRPT/ Syslo g - Zyxel's Vantage Report, syslog-compatible format.

Server Address Log Facility
Active Log Selection

C EF/ Syslo g - Common Event Format, syslog-compatible format. Type the server name or the IP address of the syslog server to which to send log information.
Select a log facility. The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server. Please see the documentation for your syslog program for more information.
Use the Se le c tio n drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not send the remote server logs for any log category.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - send the remote server log messages and alerts for all log categories.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - send the remote server log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all log categories.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.

Log Category This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.

Selection

Select what information you want to log from each Lo g C a te g o ry (except All Lo g s; see below). Choices are:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - log regular information and alerts from this category

OK Cancel

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - log regular information, alerts, and debugging information from this category
Click this to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

17.2.4 Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry
This screen allows you to view and to edit what information is included in the system log, e-mail profiles, and remote servers at the same time. It does not let you change other log settings (for example, where and how often log information is e-mailed or remote server names). To access this screen, go to the Lo g Se tting screen, and click the Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry button.

NWA50AX User's Guide
164

Chapter 17 Log and Report Fig ure 101 Active Log Summary

This screen provides a different view and a different way of indicating which messages are included in each log and each alert. (The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.)

The following table describes the fields in this screen.

Table 70 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Active Log Summary

LA BEL
Active Log Summary
System log

DESC RIPTIO N
If the Zyxel Device is set to controller mode, the AC section controls logs generated by the controller and the AP section controls logs generated by the managed APs.
Use the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa ble a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information for any category for the system log or e-mail any logs to e-mail server 1 or 2.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - create log messages and alerts for all categories for the system log. If e-mail server 1 or 2 also has normal logs enabled, the Zyxel Device will e-mail logs to them.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all categories. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if this setting is selected.

NWA50AX User's Guide
165

Chapter 17 Log and Report

Table 70 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Active Log Summary (continued)

LA BEL E-mail Server 1

DESC RIPTIO N
Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 1 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 1 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 1 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 1.

E-mail Server 2

e na b le a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 1.
Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 2 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 2 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 2 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 2.

Remote Server 1~4

e na b le a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 2.
For each remote server, use the Se le c tio n drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not send the remote server logs for any log category.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - send the remote server log messages and alerts for all log categories.

# Log Category
System log

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - send the remote server log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all log categories.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.
This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.
Select which events you want to log by Lo g C a te g o ry. There are three choices:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - create log messages and alerts from this category

E-mail Server 1 Email
E-mail Server 2 Email
Remote Server 1~4 Syslog

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information from this category; the Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, however, even if this setting is selected.
Select whether each category of events should be included in the log messages when it is emailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 1. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
Select whether each category of events should be included in log messages when it is emailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 2. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
For each remote server, select what information you want to log from each Lo g C a te g o ry (except All Lo g s; see below). Choices are:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - log regular information and alerts from this category

OK Cancel

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - log regular information, alerts, and debugging information from this category
Click this to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
166

C HA PTER 1 8
File Ma na g e r
18.1 O ve rvie w
Configuration files define the Zyxel Device's settings. Shell scripts are files of commands that you can store on the Zyxel Device and run when you need them. You can apply a configuration file or run a shell script without the Zyxel Device restarting. You can store multiple configuration files and shell script files on the Zyxel Device. You can edit configuration files or shell scripts in a text editor and upload them to the Zyxel Device. Configuration files use a .conf extension and shell scripts use a .zysh extension.
18.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The C o nfig ura tio n File screen (Section 18.2 on page 168) stores and names configuration files. You can also download and upload configuration files.
· The Firmwa re Pa c ka g e screen (Section 18.3 on page 173) checks your current firmware version and uploads firmware to the Zyxel Device.
· The She ll Sc ript screen (Section 18.4 on page 175) stores, names, downloads, uploads and runs shell script files.
18.1.2 Wha t yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
C o nfig ura tio n File s a nd She ll Sc ripts
When you apply a configuration file, the Zyxel Device uses the factory default settings for any features that the configuration file does not include. When you run a shell script, the Zyxel Device only applies the commands that it contains. Other settings do not change.
These files have the same syntax, which is also identical to the way you run CLI commands manually. An example is shown below. Fig ure 102 Configuration File / Shell Script: Example # enter configuration mode configure terminal # change administrator password username admin password 4321 user-type admin #configure default radio profile, change 2GHz channel to 11 & Tx output power # to 50% wlan-radio-profile default 2g-channel 11 output-power 50% exit write
NWA50AX User's Guide
167

Chapter 18 File Manager

While configuration files and shell scripts have the same syntax, the Zyxel Device applies configuration files differently than it runs shell scripts. This is explained below.

Table 71 Configuration Files and Shell Scripts in the Zyxel Device

Configuration Files (.conf)

Shell Scripts (.zysh)

· Resets to default configuration. · Goes into CLI C o nfig ura tio n mode. · Runs the commands in the configuration file.

· Goes into CLI Privile g e mode. · Runs the commands in the shell script.

You have to run the aforementioned example as a shell script because the first command is run in Privile g e mode. If you remove the first command, you have to run the example as a configuration file because the rest of the commands are executed in C o nfig ura tio n mode.

C o m m e nts in C o nfig ura tio n File s o r She ll Sc ripts
In a configuration file or shell script, use "#" or "!" as the first character of a command line to have the Zyxel Device treat the line as a comment.
Your configuration files or shell scripts can use "exit" or a command line consisting of a single "!" to have the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
Note: "exit" or "!'" must follow sub commands if it is to make the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
In the following example lines 1 and 2 are comments. Line 7 exits sub command mode.
! this is from Joe # on 2010/12/05 wlan-ssid-profile default ssid Joe-AP qos wmm security default !

Erro rs in C o nfig ura tio n File s o r She ll Sc ripts
When you apply a configuration file or run a shell script, the Zyxel Device processes the file line-by-line. The Zyxel Device checks the first line and applies the line if no errors are detected. Then it continues with the next line. If the Zyxel Device finds an error, it stops applying the configuration file or shell script and generates a log.
You can change the way a configuration file or shell script is applied. Include setenv stop-on-error off in the configuration file or shell script. The Zyxel Device ignores any errors in the configuration file or shell script and applies all of the valid commands. The Zyxel Device still generates a log for any errors.

18.2 C o nfig ura tio n File
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > C o nfig ura tio n File to open this screen. Use the C o nfig ura tio n File screen to store, run, and name configuration files. You can also download configuration files from the Zyxel Device to your computer and upload configuration files from your computer to the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
168

Chapter 18 File Manager Once your Zyxel Device is configured and functioning properly, it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making further configuration changes. The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings.
C o nfig ura tio n File Flo w a t Re sta rt
· If there is not a sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf when you restart the Zyxel Device (whether through a management interface or by physically turning the power off and back on), the Zyxel Device uses the syste m - de fa ult.c o nf configuration file with the Zyxel Device's default settings.
· If there is a sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf, the Zyxel Device checks it for errors and applies it. If there are no errors, the Zyxel Device uses it and copies it to the la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file as a back up file. If there is an error, the Zyxel Device generates a log and copies the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf configuration file to the sta rtup- c o nfig - b a d.c o nf configuration file and tries the existing la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file. If there isn't a la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file or it also has an error, the Zyxel Device applies the syste m - de fa ult.c o nf configuration file.
· You can change the way the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file is applied. Include the setenv-startup stopon-error off command. The Zyxel Device ignores any errors in the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file and applies all of the valid commands. The Zyxel Device still generates a log for any errors.
Fig ure 103 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File
Do no t turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e while c o nfig ura tio n file uplo a d is in pro g re ss.
NWA50AX User's Guide
169

Chapter 18 File Manager

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 72 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File

LA BEL Rename

DESC RIPTIO N
Use this button to change the label of a configuration file on the Zyxel Device. You can only rename manually saved configuration files. You cannot rename the la stg o o d.c o nf, syste m de fa ult.c o nf and sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf files.

You cannot rename a configuration file to the name of another configuration file in the Zyxel Device.

Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Remove
Download Copy

Specify the new name for the configuration file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).
Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Re m o ve to delete it from the Zyxel Device. You can only delete manually saved configuration files. You cannot delete the syste m de fa ult.c o nf, sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf and la stg o o d.c o nf files.
A pop-up window asks you to confirm that you want to delete the configuration file. Click O K to delete the configuration file or click C a nc e l to close the screen without deleting the configuration file.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Do wnlo a d to save the configuration to your computer.
Use this button to save a duplicate of a configuration file on the Zyxel Device.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate configuration file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).
Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.

NWA50AX User's Guide
170

Chapter 18 File Manager

Table 72 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File (continued)

LA BEL Apply

DESC RIPTIO N Use this button to have the Zyxel Device use a specific configuration file.

Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Apply to have the Zyxel Device use that configuration file. The Zyxel Device does not have to restart in order to use a different configuration file, although you will need to wait for a few minutes while the system reconfigures.

The following screen gives you options for what the Zyxel Device is to do if it encounters an error in the configuration file.

# File Name
Size

Im m e dia te ly sto p a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file - this is not recommended because it would leave the rest of the configuration blank. If the interfaces were not configured before the first error, the console port may be the only way to access the Zyxel Device.
Im m e dia te ly sto p a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file a nd ro ll b a c k to the pre vio us c o nfig ura tio n this gets the Zyxel Device started with a fully valid configuration file as quickly as possible.
Ig no re e rro rs a nd finish a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file - this applies the valid parts of the configuration file and generates error logs for all of the configuration file's errors. This lets the Zyxel Device apply most of your configuration and you can refer to the logs for what to fix.
Ig no re e rro rs a nd finish a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file a nd the n ro ll b a c k to the pre vio us
c o nfig ura tio n - this applies the valid parts of the configuration file, generates error logs for all of the configuration file's errors, and starts the Zyxel Device with a fully valid configuration file.
Click O K to have the Zyxel Device start applying the configuration file or click C a nc e l to close the screen.
This column displays the number for each configuration file entry. This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address. The total number of configuration files that you can save depends on the sizes of the configuration files and the available flash storage space.
This column displays the label that identifies a configuration file.
You cannot delete the following configuration files or change their file names.
The syste m - de fa ult.c o nf file contains the Zyxel Device's default settings. Select this file and click Apply to reset all of the Zyxel Device settings to the factory defaults. This configuration file is included when you upload a firmware package.
The sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file is the configuration file that the Zyxel Device is currently using. If you make and save changes during your management session, the changes are applied to this configuration file. The Zyxel Device applies configuration changes made in the Web Configurator to the configuration file when you click Apply or O K. It applies configuration changes made via commands when you use the write command.
The la stg o o d.c o nf is the most recently used (valid) configuration file that was saved when the Zyxel Device last restarted. If you upload and apply a configuration file with an error, you can apply lastgood.conf to return to a valid configuration.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a configuration file.
NWA50AX User's Guide
171

Chapter 18 File Manager

Table 72 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Last Modified

This column displays the date and time that the individual configuration files were last changed or saved.

Upload

The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file

Configuration File from your computer to your Zyxel Device.

You cannot upload a configuration file named syste m - de fa ult.c o nf or la stg o o d.c o nf.

File Path Browse...
Upload

If you upload sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf, it will replace the current configuration and immediately apply the new settings.
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.
Click Bro wse ... to find the .conf file you want to upload. The configuration file must use a ".conf" filename extension. You will receive an error message if you try to upload a fie of a different format. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.

18.2.1 Exa m ple o f C o nfig ura tio n File Do wnlo a d Using FTP
The following example gets a configuration file named startup-config.conf from the Zyxel Device and saves it on the computer.
1 Connect your computer to the Zyxel Device.
2 The FTP server IP address of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is 192.168.1.2, so set your computer to use a static IP address from 192.168.1.3 ~192.168.1.254.
3 Use an FTP client on your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device. For example, in the Windows command prompt, type ftp 192.168.1.2. Keep the console session connected in order to see when the firmware recovery finishes.
4 Enter your user name when prompted.
5 Enter your password as requested.
6 Use "cd" to change to the directory that contains the files you want to download.
7 Use "dir" or "ls" if you need to display a list of the files in the directory.
8 Use "get" to download files. Transfer the configuration file on the Zyxel Device to your computer. Type get followed by the name of the configuration file. This examples uses get startup-config.conf.

NWA50AX User's Guide
172

Chapter 18 File Manager
C:\>ftp 192.168.1.2 Connected to 192.168.1.2. 220---------- Welcome to Pure-FTPd [privsep] [TLS] ---------220-You are user number 1 of 5 allowed. 220-Local time is now 21:28. Server port: 21. 220-This is a private system - No anonymous login 220 You will be disconnected after 600 minutes of inactivity. User (192.168.1.2:(none)): admin 331 User admin OK. Password required Password: 230 OK. Current restricted directory is / ftp> cd conf 250 OK. Current directory is /conf ftp> ls 200 PORT command successful 150 Connecting to port 5001 lastgood.conf startup-config.conf system-default.conf 226 3 matches total ftp: 57 bytes received in 0.33Seconds 0.17Kbytes/sec. ftp> get startup-config.conf 200 PORT command successful 150 Connecting to port 5002 226-File successfully transferred 226 0.002 seconds (measured here), 1.66 Mbytes per second ftp: 2928 bytes received in 0.02Seconds 183.00Kbytes/sec. ftp>
9 Wait for the file transfer to complete.
10 Enter "quit" to exit the ftp prompt.
18.3 Firm wa re Pa c ka g e
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > Firm wa re Pa c ka g e to open this screen. Use the Firm wa re Pa c ka g e screen to check your current firmware version and upload firmware to the Zyxel Device.
Note: The Web Configurator is the recommended method for uploading firmware. You only need to use the command line interface if you need to recover the firmware. See the CLI Reference Guide for how to determine if you need to recover the firmware and how to recover it.
Find the firmware package at www.zyxel.com in a file that (usually) uses a .bin extension.
The firm wa re upda te c a n ta ke up to five m inute s. Do no t turn o ff o r re se t the Zyxe l De vic e while the firm wa re upda te is in pro g re ss!
NWA50AX User's Guide
173

Chapter 18 File Manager Fig ure 104 Maintenance > File Manager > Firmware Package

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 73 Maintenance > File Manager > Firmware Package

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Boot Module

This is the version of the boot module that is currently on the Zyxel Device.

Current Version This is the firmware version and the date created.

Released Date This is the date that the version of the firmware was created.

File Path Browse...

Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.
Click Bro wse ... to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.

Upload

Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.

After you see the Firmwa re Uplo a d in Pro c e ss screen, wait two minutes before logging into the Zyxel Device again.

Note: The Zyxel Device automatically reboots after a successful upload.
The Zyxel Device automatically restarts causing a temporary network disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Fig ure 105 Network Temporarily Disconnected

After five minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the Da shbo a rd screen.
18.3.1 Exa m ple o f Firm wa re Uplo a d Using FTP
This procedure requires the Zyxel Device's firmware. Download the firmware package from www.zyxel.com and unzip it. The firmware file uses a .bin extension, for example, "600ABFH0C0.bin". Do the following after you have obtained the firmware file.
1 Connect your computer to the Zyxel Device. 2 The FTP server IP address of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is 192.168.1.2, so set your computer to
use a static IP address from 192.168.1.3 ~192.168.1.254. NWA50AX User's Guide
174

Chapter 18 File Manager
3 Use an FTP client on your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device. For example, in the Windows command prompt, type ftp 192.168.1.2. Keep the console session connected in order to see when the firmware recovery finishes.
4 Enter your user name when prompted.
5 Enter your password as requested.
6 Enter "hash" for FTP to print a `#' character for every 1024 bytes of data you upload so that you can watch the file transfer progress.
7 Enter "bin" to set the transfer mode to binary.
8 Transfer the firmware file from your computer to the Zyxel Device. Type put followed by the path and name of the firmware file. This examples uses put C:\ftproot\Zyxel Device_FW\600ABFH0C0.bin.
C:\>ftp 192.168.1.2 Connected to 192.168.1.2. 220---------- Welcome to Pure-FTPd [privsep] [TLS] ---------220-You are user number 1 of 5 allowed. 220-Local time is now 21:28. Server port: 21. 220-This is a private system - No anonymous login 220 You will be disconnected after 600 minutes of inactivity. User (192.168.1.2:(none)): admin 331 User admin OK. Password required Password: 230 OK. Current restricted directory is / ftp> hash Hash mark printing On ftp: (2048 bytes/hash mark) . ftp> bin 200 TYPE is now 8-bit binary ftp> put C:\ftproot\Zyxel Device_FW\600ABFH0C0.bin
9 Wait for the file transfer to complete.
10 Enter "quit" to exit the ftp prompt.
18.4 She ll Sc ript
Use shell script files to have the Zyxel Device use commands that you specify. Use a text editor to create the shell script files. They must use a ".zysh" filename extension.
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > She ll Sc ript to open this screen. Use the She ll Sc ript screen to store, name, download, upload and run shell script files. You can store multiple shell script files on the Zyxel Device at the same time.
Note: You should include write commands in your scripts. If you do not use the write command, the changes will be lost when the Zyxel Device restarts. You could use multiple write commands in a long script.
NWA50AX User's Guide
175

Chapter 18 File Manager Fig ure 106 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 74 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script

LA BEL Rename

DESC RIPTIO N Use this button to change the label of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

You cannot rename a shell script to the name of another shell script in the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Specify the new name for the shell script file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Remove

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click De le te to delete the shell script file from the Zyxel Device.

Download Copy

A pop-up window asks you to confirm that you want to delete the shell script file. Click O K to delete the shell script file or click C a nc e l to close the screen without deleting the shell script file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click Do wnlo a d to save the configuration to your computer.
Use this button to save a duplicate of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Apply

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Use this button to have the Zyxel Device use a specific shell script file.

#
File Name
Size
Last Modified
Upload Shell Script
File Path

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click Apply to have the Zyxel Device use that shell script file. You may need to wait awhile for the Zyxel Device to finish applying the commands.
This column displays the number for each shell script file entry.
This column displays the label that identifies a shell script file.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a shell script file.
This column displays the date and time that the individual shell script files were last changed or saved.
The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved shell script file from your computer to your Zyxel Device.
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.

NWA50AX User's Guide
176

Chapter 18 File Manager

Table 74 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Browse...

Click Bro wse ... to find the .zysh file you want to upload.

Upload

Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to several minutes.

NWA50AX User's Guide
177

C HA PTER 1 9 Dia g no stic s
19.1 O ve rvie w
Use the diagnostics screen for troubleshooting.
19.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The Dia g no stic s screen (Section 19.2 on page 178) generates a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information if you need to provide it to customer support during troubleshooting.
19.2 Dia g no stic s
This screen provides an easy way for you to generate a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information. You may need to generate this file and send it to customer support during troubleshooting. All categories of settings and shell script files stored on the Zyxel Device will be included in the diagnostic file. Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s> Dia g no stic s to open the Dia g no stic s screen. Click C o lle c t No w to have the Zyxel Device create a new diagnostic file. Fig ure 107 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Diagnostics
The De bug Info rm a tio n C e nte r screen then displays showing whether the collection is in progress, was successful, or has failed. When the data collection is done, click Do wnlo a d to save the most recent diagnostic file to a computer.
NWA50AX User's Guide
178

Chapter 19 Diagnostics Fig ure 108 Maintenance > Diagnostics: Debug Information Collector

19.3 Re m o te C a pture
Use this screen to capture network traffic going through the Zyxel Device connected to the Zyxel gateway or ZyWALL, and output the captured packets to a packet analyzer (also known as network or protocol analyzer) such as Wireshark.
Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s> Re m o te C a pture to open the Re m o te C a pture screen.
Fig ure 109 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Remote Capture

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 75 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Remote Capture

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Server Port

Enter the number of the server port you want the packet analyzer to connect to in order to capture traffic going through the Zyxel Device. The default port number is 2002.

Start

Click this button to allow the packet analyzer to start capturing traffic going through the Zyxel Device.

Stop

Click this button to stop the packet analyzer from capturing traffic going through the Zyxel Device.

NWA50AX User's Guide
179

C HA PTER 2 0 LEDs
20.1 O ve rvie w
The LEDs of your Zyxel Device can be controlled such that they stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. There are two features that control the LEDs of your Zyxel Device - Lo c a to r and Suppre ssio n (see Section 1.4 on page 18).
20.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Suppre ssio n screen (Section 20.2 on page 180) allows you to set how you want the LEDs to behave after the Zyxel Device is ready.
· The Lo c a to r screen (Section 20.3 on page 181) allows users to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.
20.2 Suppre ssio n Sc re e n
The LED Suppression feature allows you to control how the LEDs of your Zyxel Device behave after it's ready. The default LED suppression setting of your AP is different depending on your Zyxel Device model. You can go to the Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Suppre ssio n screen to see the default LED behavior and change the LED suppression setting. After you make changes in the suppression screen, it will be stored as the default when the Zyxel Device is restarted. See (Section 3.1 on page 28) for information on default values for different models. Note: When the ZyXEL Device is booting or performing firmware upgrade, the LEDs will light up
regardless of the setting in LED suppression. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Suppre ssio n.
NWA50AX User's Guide
180

Chapter 20 LEDs Fig ure 110 Maintenance > LEDs > Suppression

The following table describes fields in the above screen.

Table 76 Maintenance > LED > Suppression

LA BEL Suppression On

DESC RIPTIO N
If the Suppre ssio n O n check box is checked, the LEDs of your Zyxel Device will turn off after it's ready.

Apply Reset

If the check box is unchecked, the LEDs will stay lit after the Zyxel Device is ready. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

20.3 Lo c a to r Sc re e n
The Locator feature identifies the location of your Zyxel Device among several devices in the network. You can run this feature and set a timer in this screen.
To run the locator feature, enter a number of minutes and click Turn O n button to have the Zyxel Device find its location. The Locator LED will start to blink for the number of minutes set in the Lo c a to r screen. The default setting is 10 minutes. While the locator is running, the turn on button will gray out and return after it's finished. If you make changes to the time default setting, it will be stored as the default when the Zyxel Device restarts.
Note: The Locator feature is not affected by the Suppression setting.
To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Lo c a to r.

NWA50AX User's Guide
181

Chapter 20 LEDs Fig ure 111 Maintenance > LEDs > Locator

The following table describes fields in the above screen.

Table 77 Maintenance > LED > Locator

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Turn On Turn Off

Click Turn O n button to activate the locator. The Locator function will show the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.
Otherwise, click Turn O ff to disable the locator feature.

Automatically Extinguish After

Enter a time interval between 1 and 60 minutes to stop the locator LED from blinking. Default is 10 minutes.

Apply

Click Apply to save changes in this screen.

Refresh

Click Re fre sh to update the information in this screen.

NWA50AX User's Guide
182

C HA PTER 2 1 Re b o o t
21.1 O ve rvie w
Use this screen to restart the Zyxel Device.
21.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
If you applied changes in the Web Configurator, these were saved automatically and do not change when you reboot. If you made changes in the CLI, however, you have to use the write command to save the configuration before you reboot. Otherwise, the changes are lost when you reboot. Reboot is different to reset; reset returns the Zyxel Device to its default configuration.
21.2 Re b o o t
This screen allows remote users can restart the Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Re b o o t. Fig ure 112 Maintenance > Reboot
Click the Re bo o t button to restart the Zyxel Device. Wait a few minutes until the login screen appears. If the login screen does not appear, type the IP address of the Zyxel Device in your Web browser. You can also use the CLI command reboot to restart the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
183

C HA PTER 2 2 Shutdo wn
22.1 O ve rvie w
Use this screen to shut down the Zyxel Device.
Alwa ys use Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn > Shutdo wn o r the shutdown
c o m m a nd b e fo re yo u turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e o r re m o ve the po we r. No t do ing so c a n c a use the firm wa re to b e c o m e c o rrupt.
22.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
Shutdown writes all cached data to the local storage and stops the system processes. Shutdown is different to reset; reset returns the Zyxel Device to its default configuration.
22.2 Shutdo wn
To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn. Fig ure 113 Maintenance > Shutdown
Click the Shutdo wn button to shut down the Zyxel Device. Wait for the Zyxel Device to shut down before you manually turn off or remove the power. It does not turn off the power. You can also use the CLI command shutdown to shut down the Zyxel Device.
NWA50AX User's Guide
184

PA RT II
Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de
185

C HA PTER 2 3 C lo ud Mo de
23.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device is managed and provisioned automatically by the NCC (Ne b ula Co ntro l Ce nte r) when it is connected to the Internet and has been registered in the NCC. If you need to change the Zyxel Device's VLAN setting or manually set its IP address, access its simplified web configurator (see Chapter 4 on page 30). You can check the NCC's Ac c e ss Po int > Mo nito r > Ac c e ss Po ints screen or the connected gateway for the Zyxel Device's current LAN IP address. Alternatively, disconnect the gateway or disable its DHCP server function and use the Zyxel Device's default static LAN IP address (192.168.1.2). Fig ure 114 Cloud Mode Application
23.2 C lo ud Mo de We b C o nfig ura to r Sc re e ns
When your Zyxel Device is managed through NCC, you can access only the following screens through the Web Configurator:
· Da shb o a rd · C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting · C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN
NWA50AX User's Guide
186

Chapter 23 Cloud Mode
· Ma inte na nc e > She ll Sc ript · Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s · Ma inte na nc e > Lo g
These screens also have fewer options than those in standalone Zyxel Devices. The rest of the Zyxel Device's features must be configured through the NCC.
23.3 Da shb o a rd
This screen displays general AP information, and client information in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs. You can also collapse, refresh, and close individual widgets. Fig ure 115 Dashboard

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 78 Dashboard

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

AP Information

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the Zyxel Device.

Serial Number

This field displays the serial number of the Zyxel Device.

Product Model This field displays the model name of the Zyxel Device.

2.4G Channel Information

This field displays the channel number the Zyxel Device is using and its output power in the 2.4 GHz spectrum. This shows No t a c tiva te d if the wireless LAN is disabled.

5G Channel Information

This field displays the channel number the Zyxel Device is using and its output power in the 5 GHz spectrum. This shows No t a c tiva te d if the wireless LAN is disabled.

Ethernet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device's Ethernet port is connected and the IP address of the gateway to which the Zyxel Device is connected.

Internet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device is connecting to the Internet.

Nebula Connectivity Status

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC).

NWA50AX User's Guide
187

Table 78 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Nebula Control This field displays whether the Zyxel Device has been registered and can be managed by

Center

the NCC.

Activation Status

Use Proxy to Access NCC

This displays whether the NAP uses a proxy server to access the NCC (Nebula Control Center).

If the Zyxel Device cannot connect to the Internet or to NCC, an error message is shown on this screen, as in the following.

NWA50AX User's Guide
188

C HA PTER 2 4 Ne two rk
24.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter describes how you can configure the management IP address and VLAN settings of your Zyxel Device in cloud mode. See Section 9.1 on page 69 for information about IP addresses. Note: Make sure your VLAN settings allow the Zyxel Device to connect to the Internet so you
could manage it with NCC.
24.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The IP Se tting screen (Section 24.2 on page 189) configures the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address. · The VLAN screen (Section 24.3 on page 191) configures the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings.
24.2 IP Se tting
Use this screen to configure the IP address for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting .
NWA50AX User's Guide
189

Chapter 24 Network Fig ure 116 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 79 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

IP Address Assignment

Get Automatically

Select this to make the interface a DHCP client and automatically get the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address from a DHCP server.

Use Fixed IP Address

Select this if you want to specify the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway manually.

IP Address

Enter the IP address for this interface.

Subnet Mask

Enter the subnet mask of this interface in dot decimal notation. The subnet mask indicates what part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network.

Gateway

Enter the IP address of the gateway. The Zyxel Device sends packets to the gateway when it does not know how to route the packet to its destination. The gateway should be on the same network as the interface.

DNS Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the DNS server.

Use Proxy to Access If the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server, you need to select this option and configure the

Internet

proxy server settings so that the Zyxel Device can access the NCC through the proxy server.

Proxy Server

Enter the IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy Port

Enter service port number used by the proxy server.

Authentication

Select this option if the proxy server requires authentication before it grants access to the Internet.

User Name

Enter your proxy user name.

Password

Enter your proxy password.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
190

Chapter 24 Network
24.3 VLAN
This section discusses how to configure the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings. See Section 9.3 on page 71 for more information about VLAN. Use this screen to configure the VLAN settings for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN. Fig ure 117 Configuration > Network > VLAN

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 80 Configuration > Network > VLAN

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

VLAN Settings

Management VLAN ID

Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device.

Untagged/ Tagged

Set whether the Zyxel Device adds the VLAN ID to outbound traffic transmitted through its Ethernet port.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
191

C HA PTER 2 5 Ma inte na nc e
25.1 O ve rvie w
When the Zyxel Device is set to work in cloud mode, the Ma inte na nc e screens let you mange shell script files on the Zyxel Device, generate a diagnostic file, or view log messages. See Chapter 18 on page 167 for information about shell scripts.
25.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The She ll Sc ript screen (Section 25.2 on page 192) stores, names, downloads, and uploads shell script files.
· The Dia g no stic s screen (Section 25.3 on page 193) generates a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information if you need to provide it to customer support during troubleshooting.
· The Lo g > Vie w Lo g screen (Section 25.4 on page 194) displays the Zyxel Device's current log messages when it is disconnected from the NCC.
25.2 She ll Sc ript
Use shell script files to have the Zyxel Device use commands that you specify. Use a text editor to create the shell script files. They must use a ".zysh" filename extension. Click Ma inte na nc e > She ll Sc ript to open this screen. Use the She ll Sc ript screen to store, name, download, and upload shell script files. You can store multiple shell script files on the Zyxel Device at the same time. Fig ure 118 Maintenance > Shell Script
NWA50AX User's Guide
192

Chapter 25 Maintenance

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 81 Maintenance > Shell Script

LA BEL Rename

DESC RIPTIO N Use this button to change the label of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

You cannot rename a shell script to the name of another shell script in the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Specify the new name for the shell script file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Remove

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click De le te to delete the shell script file from the Zyxel Device.

Download Copy

A pop-up window asks you to confirm that you want to delete the shell script file. Click O K to delete the shell script file or click C a nc e l to close the screen without deleting the shell script file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click Do wnlo a d to save the configuration to your computer.
Use this button to save a duplicate of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

# File Name Size Last Modified Upload Shell Script File Browse... Upload

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
This column displays the number for each shell script file entry.
This column displays the label that identifies a shell script file.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a shell script file.
This column displays the date and time that the individual shell script files were last changed or saved.
The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved shell script file from your computer to your Zyxel Device.
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.
Click Bro wse ... to find the .zysh file you want to upload.
Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to several minutes.

25.3 Dia g no stic s
This screen provides an easy way for you to generate a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information. You may need to generate this file and send it to customer support during troubleshooting. All categories of settings and shell script files stored on the Zyxel Device will be included in the diagnostic file.
Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s to open the Dia g no stic s screen. Click C o lle c t No w to have the Zyxel Device create a new diagnostic file.

NWA50AX User's Guide
193

Chapter 25 Maintenance Fig ure 119 Maintenance > Diagnostics
The De bug Info rm a tio n C e nte r screen then displays showing whether the collection is in progress, was successful, or has failed. When the data collection is done, click Do wnlo a d to save the most recent diagnostic file to a computer. Fig ure 120 Maintenance > Diagnostics: Debug Information Collector
25.4 Vie w Lo g
The NCC periodically gathers log files from the devices being managed by it. Before the NCC pulls logs from the Zyxel Device or when the Zyxel Device is disconnected from the NCC, you can use this screen to view its current log messages. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Lo g . Note: When a log reaches the maximum number of log messages, new log messages
automatically overwrite existing log messages, starting with the oldest existing log message first. Events that generate an alert (as well as a log message) display in red. Regular logs display in black. Click a column's heading cell to sort the table entries by that column's criteria. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order.
NWA50AX User's Guide
194

Chapter 25 Maintenance Fig ure 121 Maintenance > Log > View Log

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 82 Maintenance > Log > View Log

LA BEL
Show Filter / Hide Filter

DESC RIPTIO N Click this button to show or hide the filter settings.
If the filter settings are hidden, the Displa y, Em a il Lo g No w, Re fre sh, and C le a r Lo g fields are available.

Display Priority
Source Address Destination Address Source Interface Destination Interface Protocol Keyword
Search

If the filter settings are shown, the Displa y, Prio rity, So urc e Addre ss, De stina tio n Addre ss, So urc e Inte rfa c e , De stina tio n Inte rfa c e , Pro to c o l, Ke ywo rd, and Se a rc h fields are available.
Select the category of log message(s) you want to view. You can also view All Lo g s at one time, or you can view the De bug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Select the priority of log messages to display. The log displays the log messages with this priority or higher. Choices are: a ny, e m e rg , a le rt, c rit, e rro r, wa rn, no tic e , and info , from highest priority to lowest priority. This field is read-only if the C a te g o ry is De b ug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Type the source IP address of the incoming packet that generated the log message. Do not include the port in this filter.
This displays when you show the filter. Type the IP address of the destination of the incoming packet when the log message was generated. Do not include the port in this filter.
This displays when you show the filter. Select the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.
This displays when you show the filter. Select the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.
This displays when you show the filter. Select a service protocol whose log messages you would like to see.
This displays when you show the filter. Type a keyword to look for in the Me ssa g e , So urc e , De stina tio n and No te fields. If a match is found in any field, the log message is displayed. You can use up to 63 alphanumeric characters and the underscore, as well as punctuation marks ()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$% @ ; the period, double quotes, and brackets are not allowed.
This displays when you show the filter. Click this button to update the log using the current filter settings.

NWA50AX User's Guide
195

Chapter 25 Maintenance

Table 82 Maintenance > Log > View Log (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Refresh

Click this to update the list of logs.

Clear Log

Click this button to clear the whole log, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen.

#

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log message.

Time

This field displays the time the log message was recorded.

Priority

This field displays the priority of the log message. It has the same range of values as the Prio rity field above.

Category

This field displays the log that generated the log message. It is the same value used in the Displa y and (other) C a te g o ry fields.

Message

This field displays the reason the log message was generated. The text "[count=x]", where x is a number, appears at the end of the Me ssa g e field if log consolidation is turned on and multiple entries were aggregated to generate into this one.

Source

This field displays the source IP address and the port number in the event that generated the log message.

Source Interface This field displays the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Destination

This field displays the destination IP address and the port number of the event that generated the log message.

Destination Interface

This field displays the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Protocol

This field displays the service protocol in the event that generated the log message.

Note

This field displays any additional information about the log message.

NWA50AX User's Guide
196

PA RT III
Appe ndic e s a nd Tro ub le sho o ting
197

C HA PTER 2 6 Tro ub le sho o ting
26.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential problems are divided into the following categories. · Power, Hardware Connections, and LED · Zyxel Device Management, Access, and Login · Internet Access · WiFi Network · Resetting the Zyxel Device
26.2 Po we r, Ha rdwa re C o nne c tio ns, a nd LED
The Zyxel Device does not turn on. The LED is not on.
1 Make sure you are using the power adapter included with the Zyxel Device or a PoE power injector/ switch.
2 Make sure the power adapter or PoE power injector/switch is connected to the Zyxel Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.
3 Disconnect and re-connect the power adapter or PoE power injector/switch. 4 Inspect your cables for damage. Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables. 5 If none of these steps work, you may have faulty hardware and should contact your Zyxel Device
vendor.
The LED does not behave as expected.
1 Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED. See Section 3.1 on page 28. 2 Check the hardware connections. See the Quick Start Guide. 3 Inspect your cables for damage. Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables.
NWA50AX User's Guide
198

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
4 Disconnect and re-connect the power adapter or PoE power injector to the Zyxel Device. 5 If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
26.3 Zyxe l De vic e Ma na g e m e nt, Ac c e ss, a nd Lo g in
I forgot the IP address for the Zyxel Device.
1 The default in-band IP address in standalone mode is http:/ / DHC P- a ssig ne d IP (when connecting to a DHCP server) or 192.168.1.2.
2 If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory defaults. See Section 26.6 on page 205.
3 If your Zyxel Device is a DHCP client, you can find your IP address from the DHCP server. This information is only available from the DHCP server which allocates IP addresses on your network. Find this information directly from the DHCP server or contact your system administrator for more information.
4 If the NCC has managed the Zyxel Device, you can also check the NCC's AP > Mo nito r > Ac c e ss Po int screen for the Zyxel Device's current LAN IP address.
I cannot see or access the Lo g in screen in the Web Configurator.
1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address. · The default IP address (in standalone mode) is 192.168.1.2. · If you changed the IP address, use the new IP address. · If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the Zyxel Device.
2 Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LED is behaving as expected. See the Quick Start Guide and Section 3.1 on page 28.
3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled.
4 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the Zyxel Device. (If you know that there are routers between your computer and the Zyxel Device, skip this step.) · If there is a DHCP server on your network, make sure your computer is using a dynamic IP address. · If there is no DHCP server on your network, make sure your computer's IP address is in the same subnet as the Zyxel Device.
5 Reset the Zyxel Device to its factory defaults, and try to access the Zyxel Device with the default IP address. See Section 26.6 on page 205.
NWA50AX User's Guide
199

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
6 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the advanced suggestions.
Adva nc e d Sug g e stio ns
· Try to access the Zyxel Device using another service, such as Telnet. If you can access the Zyxel Device, check the remote management settings to find out why the Zyxel Device does not respond to HTTP.
· If your computer is connected wirelessly, use a computer that is connected to a LAN/ETHERNETport.
I forgot the password.
1 The default password is 1234. If the Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC and registered, check the NCC for the password.
2 If this does not work, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory defaults. See Section 26.6 on page 205.
I can see the Lo g in screen, but I cannot log in to the Zyxel Device.
1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly. The default password is 1234. This fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
2 You cannot log in to the Web Configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the Zyxel Device. Log out of the Zyxel Device in the other session, or ask the person who is logged in to log out.
3 Disconnect and re-connect the power adapter or PoE power injector to the Zyxel Device. 4 If this does not work, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory defaults. See Section 26.6 on page
205.
I cannot use FTP to upload / download the configuration file. / I cannot use FTP to upload new firmware.
See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the Web Configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.
I cannot access the Zyxel Device directly anymore after switching to NCC management.
· Check the Zyxel Device IP address and login credentials using the NCC and use them to access the Zyxel Device. Note that the built-in Web Configurator will have limited functionality when managed through NCC.
NWA50AX User's Guide
200

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
I enabled NC C Disc o ve ry, but the Zyxel Device is still in standalone mode.
Make sure your Zyxel Device is registered to the NCC.
The Zyxel Device is already registered with NCC, but it is still in standalone mode; it cannot connect to the NCC.
1 Make sure that NCC Discovery is enabled (see Section 9.4 on page 73). 2 Check your network's firewall/security settings. Make sure the following TCP ports are allowed: 443, 4335,
and 6667. 3 Make sure your Zyxel Device can access the Internet. 4 Check your network's VLAN settings (see Section 9.3 on page 71). You may have to change the
Management VLAN settings of the Zyxel Device to allow it to connect to the Internet and access the NCC. Note: Changing the management VLAN and IP address settings on the Zyxel Device also
pushes these changes to the NCC. Do this only if your device cannot otherwise connect to the NCC. 5 Make sure your Zyxel Device does not have to go through network authentication such as a captive portal, If your network uses a captive portal, the network administrator may have to create a new VLAN without this requirement. Change your Zyxel Device's management VLAN settings as necessary.
Some features I set using the NCC do not work as expected.
1 Make sure your Zyxel Device can access the Internet. 2 Check your network's firewall/security settings. Make sure the following ports are allowed:
· TCP: 443, 4335, and 6667 · UDP: 123 3 After changing your Zyxel Device settings using the NCC, wait 1-2 minutes for the changes to take effect.
I can only see newer logs. Older logs are missing.
When a log reaches the maximum number of log messages (see Section 1.4 on page 18), new log messages automatically overwrite the oldest log messages.
NWA50AX User's Guide
201

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
The commands in my configuration file or shell script are not working properly.
· In a configuration file or shell script, use "#" or "!" as the first character of a command line to have the Zyxel Device treat the line as a comment.
· Your configuration files or shell scripts can use "exit" or a command line consisting of a single "!" to have the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
· Include write commands in your scripts. Otherwise the changes will be lost when the Zyxel Device restarts. You could use multiple write commands in a long script.
Note: "exit" or "!'" must follow sub commands if it is to make the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
I cannot upload the firmware uploaded using FTP.
The Web Configurator is the recommended method for uploading firmware in standalone mode. For managed Zyxel Devices, using the NCC or AC is recommended. You only need to use FTP if you need to recover the firmware. See the CLI Reference Guide for how to determine if you need to recover the firmware and how to recover it.
26.4 Inte rne t Ac c e ss
Clients cannot access the Internet through the Zyxel Device.
1 Check the Zyxel Device's hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected (refer to Section 3.1 on page 28). See the Quick Start Guide and Section 26.2 on page 198.
2 Make sure the Zyxel Device is connected to a broadband modem or router with Internet access and your computer is set to obtain an dynamic IP address.
3 If clients are trying to access the Internet wirelessly, make sure the wireless settings on the wireless clients are the same as the settings on the Zyxel Device.
4 Disconnect all the cables from your Zyxel Device, and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again.
5 Reboot the client and reconnect to the Zyxel Device. 6 If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
The Internet connection is slow or intermittent.
NWA50AX User's Guide
202

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network. Look at the LEDs, and check Section 3.1 on page 28. If the Zyxel Device is sending or receiving a lot of information, try closing some programs that use the Internet, especially peer-to-peer applications.
2 Check the signal strength using the NCC, AC, Zyxel Device Web Configurator, or the client device itself. If the signal is weak, try moving the client closer to the Zyxel Device (if possible), and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network (microwaves, other wireless networks, and so on).
3 Reboot the Zyxel Device using the Web Configurator/CLI or the NCC or AC. 4 Check the settings for QoS. If it is disabled, activate it. When enabled, raise or lower the priority for some
applications. 5 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor.
26.5 WiFi Ne two rk
I cannot access the Zyxel Device or ping any computer from the WLAN.
1 Make sure the wireless LAN (wireless radio) is enabled on the Zyxel Device. 2 Make sure the radio or at least one of the Zyxel Device's radios is operating in AP mode. 3 Make sure the wireless adapter (installed on your computer) is working properly. 4 Make sure the wireless adapter (installed on your computer) is IEEE 802.11 compatible and supports the
same wireless standard as the Zyxel Device's active radio. 5 Make sure your computer (with a wireless adapter installed) is within the transmission range of the Zyxel
Device. 6 Check that both the Zyxel Device and your computer are using the same wireless and wireless security
settings.
Hackers have accessed my WEP-encrypted wireless LAN.
WEP is extremely insecure. Its encryption can be broken by an attacker, using widely-available software. It is strongly recommended that you use a more effective security mechanism. Use the strongest security mechanism that all the wireless devices in your network support. WPA2 or WPA2-PSK is recommended.
The wireless security is not following the re-authentication timer setting I specified.
NWA50AX User's Guide
203

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting
If a RADIUS server authenticates wireless stations, the re-authentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority. Change the RADIUS server's configuration if you need to use a different re-authentication timer setting.
I cannot import a certificate into the Zyxel Device.
1 For My Ce rtific a te s, you can import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the Zyxel Device. You can also import a certificate in PKCS#12 format, including the certificate's public and private keys.
2 You must remove any spaces from the certificate's filename before you can import the certificate. 3 Any certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats:
· Binary X.509: This is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509 certificates. · PEM (Base-64) encoded X.509: This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses lowercase letters, uppercase
letters and numerals to convert a binary X.509 certificate into a printable form. · Binary PKCS#7: This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data (including digital signatures)
that may be encrypted. A PKCS #7 file is used to transfer a public key certificate. The private key is not included. The Zyxel Device currently allows the importation of a PKS#7 file that contains a single certificate. · PEM (Base-64) encoded PKCS#7: This Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary PKCS#7 certificate into a printable form. · Binary PKCS#12: This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.The private key in a PKCS #12 file is within a password-encrypted envelope. The file's password is not connected to your certificate's public or private passwords. Exporting a PKCS #12 file creates this and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you import the file into the Zyxel Device.
Note: Be careful not to convert a binary file to text during the transfer process. It is easy for this to occur since many programs use text files by default.
Wireless clients are not being load balanced among my Zyxel Devices.
· Make sure that all the Zyxel Devices used by the wireless clients in question share the same SSID, security, and radio settings.
· Make sure that all the Zyxel Devices are in the same broadcast domain. · Make sure that the wireless clients are in range of the other Zyxel Devices; if they are only in range of a
single Zyxel Device, then load balancing may not be as effective.
In the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > AP Info rm a tio n > Ra dio List screen, there is no load balancing indicator associated with any Zyxel Devices assigned to the load balancing task.
· Check that the AP profile which contains the load balancing settings is correctly assigned to the Zyxel Devices in question.
NWA50AX User's Guide
204

Chapter 26 Troubleshooting · The load balancing task may have been terminated because further load balancing on the Zyxel
Devices in question is no longer required.
26.6 Re se tting the Zyxe l De vic e
If you cannot access the Zyxel Device by any method, try restarting it by turning the power off and then on again. If you still cannot access the Zyxel Device by any method or you forget the administrator password(s), you can reset the Zyxel Device to its factory-default settings. Any configuration files or shell scripts that you saved on the Zyxel Device should still be available afterwards. Use the following procedure to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory-default settings. This overwrites the settings in the startup-config.conf file with the settings in the system-default.conf file. Note: This procedure removes the current configuration. 1 Make sure the Power LED is on and not blinking. 2 Press the RESETbutton and hold it until the Power LED begins to blink. (This usually takes about ten seconds.) 3 Release the RESETbutton, and wait for the Zyxel Device to restart. You should be able to access the Zyxel Device in standalone mode using the default settings.
26.7 G e tting Mo re Tro ub le sho o ting He lp
Search for support information for your model at www.zyxel.com for more troubleshooting suggestions.
NWA50AX User's Guide
205

A PPEN DIX A
Im po rting C e rtific a te s
This appendix shows you how to import public key certificates into your web browser. Public key certificates are used by web browsers to ensure that a secure web site is legitimate. When a certificate authority such as VeriSign, Comodo, or Network Solutions, to name a few, receives a certificate request from a website operator, they confirm that the web domain and contact information in the request match those on public record with a domain name registrar. If they match, then the certificate is issued to the website operator, who then places it on the site to be issued to all visiting web browsers to let them know that the site is legitimate. Many Zyxel products, such as the Zyxel Device, issue their own public key certificates. These can be used by web browsers on a LAN or WAN to verify that they are in fact connecting to the legitimate device and not one masquerading as it. However, because the certificates were not issued by one of the several organizations officially recognized by the most common web browsers, you will need to import the Zyxel-created certificate into your web browser and flag that certificate as a trusted authority. Note: You can see if you are browsing on a secure website if the URL in your web browser's
address bar begins with https:// or there is a sealed padlock icon ( ) somewhere in the main browser window (not all browsers show the padlock in the same location). G o o g le C hro m e The following example uses Google Chrome on Windows 7. You first have to store the certificate in your computer and then install it as a Trusted Root CA, as shown in the following tutorials.
NWA50AX User's Guide
206

Appendix A Importing Certificates
Expo rt a C e rtific a te
1 If your device's Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification, then upon browsing with it for the first time, you are presented with a certification error.
NWA50AX User's Guide
207

Appendix A Importing Certificates 2 Click Adva nc e d > Pro c e e d to x.x.x.x (unsa fe ).
3 In the Addre ss Ba r, click No t Se c ure > C e rtific a te (Inva lid).
NWA50AX User's Guide
208

Appendix A Importing Certificates 4 In the C e rtific a te dialog box, click De ta ils > C o py to File .
5 In the C e rtific a te Expo rt Wiza rd, click Ne xt.
NWA50AX User's Guide
209

Appendix A Importing Certificates 6 Select the format and settings you want to use and then click Ne xt.
7 Type a filename and specify a folder to save the certificate in. Click Ne xt.
NWA50AX User's Guide
210

Appendix A Importing Certificates 8 In the C o m ple ting the C e rtific a te Expo rt Wiza rd screen, click Finish.
9 Finally, click O K when presented with the successful certificate export message.
Im po rt a C e rtific a te
After storing the certificate in your computer (see Export a Certificate), you need to install it as a trusted root certification authority using the following steps:
NWA50AX User's Guide
211

Appendix A Importing Certificates 1 Open your web browser, click the menu icon, and click Se tting s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
212

Appendix A Importing Certificates 2 Scroll down and click Adva nc e d to expand the menu. Under Priva c y a nd se c urity, click Ma na g e
c e rtific a te s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
213

Appendix A Importing Certificates 3 In the C e rtific a te s pop-up screen, click Truste d Ro o t C e rtific a tio n Autho ritie s. Click Im po rt to start the
C e rtific a te Im po rt Wiza rd.
4 Click Ne xt when the wizard pops up, and then on the following screen click Bro wse .
NWA50AX User's Guide
214

Appendix A Importing Certificates 5 Select the certificate file you want to import and click O pe n.
6 Click Ne xt.
NWA50AX User's Guide
215

Appendix A Importing Certificates 7 Confirm the settings displayed and click Finish.
8 If presented with a security warning, click Ye s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
216

Appendix A Importing Certificates 9 Finally, click O K when you are notified of the successful import.
Insta ll a Sta nd- Alo ne C e rtific a te File
Rather than installing a public key certificate using web browser settings, you can install a stand-alone certificate file if one has been issued to you. 1 Double-click the public key certificate file. 2 Click Insta ll C e rtific a te .
NWA50AX User's Guide
217

Appendix A Importing Certificates 3 Click Ne xt on the first wizard screen, click Pla c e a ll c e rtific a te s in the fo llo wing sto re , and click Bro wse .
4 Select Truste d Ro o t C e rtific a te Autho ritie s > O K, and then click Ne xt.
NWA50AX User's Guide
218

Appendix A Importing Certificates 5 Confirm the information shown on the final wizard screen and click Finish.
6 If presented with a security warning, click Ye s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
219

Appendix A Importing Certificates 7 Finally, click O K when you are notified of the successful import.
Re m o ve a C e rtific a te in G o o g le C hro m e
This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Google Chrome on Windows 7. 1 Open your web browser, click the menu icon, and click Se tting s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
220

Appendix A Importing Certificates 2 Scroll down and click Adva nc e d to expand the menu. Under Priva c y a nd se c urity, click Ma na g e
c e rtific a te s.
3 In the Certificates pop-up screen, click Truste d Ro o t C e rtific a tio n Autho ritie s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
221

Appendix A Importing Certificates 4 Select the certificate you want to remove and click Re m o ve . 5 Click Ye s when you see the following warning message.
6 Confirm the details displayed in the warning message and click Ye s.
Fire fo x
The following example uses Mozilla Firefox on Windows 7. You first have to store the certificate in your computer and then install it as a Trusted Root CA, as shown in the following tutorials.
NWA50AX User's Guide
222

Appendix A Importing Certificates
Expo rt a C e rtific a te
1 If your device's Web Configurator is set to use SSL certification, then the first time you browse to it you are presented with a certification error. Click Adva nc e d.
2 Click Vie w C e rtific a te .
NWA50AX User's Guide
223

3 Click De ta ils > Expo rt.

Appendix A Importing Certificates

4 Type a filename and click Sa ve .
Im po rt a C e rtific a te
After storing the certificate in your computer, you need to import it in trusted root certification authorities using the following steps:
NWA50AX User's Guide
224

Appendix A Importing Certificates 1 Open Fire fo x and click To o ls > O ptio ns.
NWA50AX User's Guide
225

Appendix A Importing Certificates 2 In the O ptio ns page, click Priva c y & Se c urity, scroll to the bottom of the page, and then click Vie w
C e rtific a te s.
3 In the C e rtific a te Ma na g e r, click Autho ritie s > Im po rt.
NWA50AX User's Guide
226

Appendix A Importing Certificates 4 Use the Se le c t File dialog box to locate the certificate and then click O pe n.
5 Select Trust this C A to ide ntify we b site s and click O K.
Re m o ving a C e rtific a te in Fire fo x
This section shows you how to remove a public key certificate in Firefox.
NWA50AX User's Guide
227

Appendix A Importing Certificates 1 Open Fire fo x and click To o ls > O ptio ns.
2 In the O ptio ns page, click Priva c y & Se c urity, scroll to the bottom of the page, and then click Vie w C e rtific a te s.
NWA50AX User's Guide
228

Appendix A Importing Certificates 3 In the C e rtific a te Ma na g e r, click Autho ritie s and select the certificate you want to remove. Click De le te
o r Distrust.
.
4 In the following dialog box, click O K.
5 The next time you go to the web site that issued the public key certificate you just removed, a certification error appears. NWA50AX User's Guide
229

A PPEN DIX B
IPv6

O ve rvie w
IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), is designed to enhance IP address size and features. The increase in IPv6 address size to 128 bits (from the 32-bit IPv4 address) allows up to 3.4 x 1038 IP addresses.

IPv6 Addre ssing
The 128-bit IPv6 address is written as eight 16-bit hexadecimal blocks separated by colons (:). This is an example IPv6 address 2001:0db8:1a2b:0015:0000:0000:1a2f:0000.
IPv6 addresses can be abbreviated in two ways:
· Leading zeros in a block can be omitted. So 2001:0db8:1a2b:0015:0000:0000:1a2f:0000 can be written as 2001:db8:1a2b:15:0:0:1a2f:0.
· Any number of consecutive blocks of zeros can be replaced by a double colon. A double colon can only appear once in an IPv6 address. So 2001:0db8:0000:0000:1a2f:0000:0000:0015 can be written as 2001:0db8::1a2f:0000:0000:0015, 2001:0db8:0000:0000:1a2f::0015, 2001:db8::1a2f:0:0:15 or 2001:db8:0:0:1a2f::15.

Pre fix a nd Pre fix Le ng th
Similar to an IPv4 subnet mask, IPv6 uses an address prefix to represent the network address. An IPv6 prefix length specifies how many most significant bits (start from the left) in the address compose the network address. The prefix length is written as "/x" where x is a number. For example,
2001:db8:1a2b:15::1a2f:0/32
means that the first 32 bits (2001:db8) is the subnet prefix.

Link- lo c a l Addre ss
A link-local address uniquely identifies a device on the local network (the LAN). It is similar to a "private IP address" in IPv4. You can have the same link-local address on multiple interfaces on a device. A linklocal unicast address has a predefined prefix of fe80::/10. The link-local unicast address format is as follows.
Table 83 Link-local Unicast Address Format

1111 1110 10 10 bits

0 54 bits

Interface ID 64 bits

G lo b a l Addre ss
A global address uniquely identifies a device on the Internet. It is similar to a "public IP address" in IPv4. A global unicast address starts with a 2 or 3.
NWA50AX User's Guide
230

Appendix B IPv6

Unspe c ifie d Addre ss
An unspecified address (0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 or ::) is used as the source address when a device does not have its own address. It is similar to "0.0.0.0" in IPv4.

Lo o pb a c k Addre ss
A loopback address (0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 or ::1) allows a host to send packets to itself. It is similar to "127.0.0.1" in IPv4.

Multic a st Addre ss

In IPv6, multicast addresses provide the same functionality as IPv4 broadcast addresses. Broadcasting is not supported in IPv6. A multicast address allows a host to send packets to all hosts in a multicast group.

Multicast scope allows you to determine the size of the multicast group. A multicast address has a predefined prefix of ff00::/8. The following table describes some of the predefined multicast addresses.

Table 84 Predefined Multicast Address

MULTIC ASTADDRESS

DESC RIPTIO N

FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:1

All hosts on a local node.

FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:2 FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:2

All routers on a local node. All hosts on a local connected link. All routers on a local connected link.

FF05:0:0:0:0:0:0:2 FF05:0:0:0:0:0:1:3

All routers on a local site. All DHCP severs on a local site.

The following table describes the multicast addresses which are reserved and can not be assigned to a multicast group.
Table 85 Reserved Multicast Address
MULTIC ASTADDRESS FF00:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF03:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF04:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF05:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF06:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF07:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF08:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF09:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0A:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0B:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0C:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0D:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0E:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 FF0F:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
NWA50AX User's Guide
231

Appendix B IPv6

Sub ne t Ma sking
Both an IPv6 address and IPv6 subnet mask compose of 128-bit binary digits, which are divided into eight 16-bit blocks and written in hexadecimal notation. Hexadecimal uses four bits for each character (1 ~ 10, A ~ F). Each block's 16 bits are then represented by four hexadecimal characters. For example, FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FC00:0000:0000:0000.

Inte rfa c e ID
In IPv6, an interface ID is a 64-bit identifier. It identifies a physical interface (for example, an Ethernet port) or a virtual interface (for example, the management IP address for a VLAN). One interface should have a unique interface ID.

EUI- 64

The EUI-64 (Extended Unique Identifier) defined by the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) is an interface ID format designed to adapt with IPv6. It is derived from the 48-bit (6-byte) Ethernet MAC address as shown next. EUI-64 inserts the hex digits fffe between the third and fourth bytes of the MAC address and complements the seventh bit of the first byte of the MAC address. See the following example.

Table 86
MAC

00 : 13 : 49 : 12 : 34 : 56

Table 87
EUI- 64

02 : 13 : 49 : FF : FE : 12 : 34 : 56

Sta te le ss Auto c o nfig ura tio n
With stateless autoconfiguration in IPv6, addresses can be uniquely and automatically generated. Unlike DHCPv6 (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol version six) which is used in IPv6 stateful autoconfiguration, the owner and status of addresses don't need to be maintained by a DHCP server. Every IPv6 device is able to generate its own and unique IP address automatically when IPv6 is initiated on its interface. It combines the prefix and the interface ID (generated from its own Ethernet MAC address, see Interface ID and EUI-64) to form a complete IPv6 address.
When IPv6 is enabled on a device, its interface automatically generates a link-local address (beginning with fe80).
When the interface is connected to a network with a router and the Zyxel Device is set to automatically obtain an IPv6 network prefix from the router for the interface, it generates 1another address which combines its interface ID and global and subnet information advertised from the router. This is a routable global IP address.

DHC Pv6
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6, RFC 3315) is a server-client protocol that allows a DHCP server to assign and pass IPv6 network addresses, prefixes and other configuration information to DHCP clients. DHCPv6 servers and clients exchange DHCP messages using UDP.

1. In IPv6, all network interfaces can be associated with several addresses.
NWA50AX User's Guide
232

Appendix B IPv6

Each DHCP client and server has a unique DHCP Unique IDentifier (DUID), which is used for identification when they are exchanging DHCPv6 messages. The DUID is generated from the MAC address, time, vendor assigned ID and/or the vendor's private enterprise number registered with the IANA. It should not change over time even after you reboot the device.

Ide ntity Asso c ia tio n
An Identity Association (IA) is a collection of addresses assigned to a DHCP client, through which the server and client can manage a set of related IP addresses. Each IA must be associated with exactly one interface. The DHCP client uses the IA assigned to an interface to obtain configuration from a DHCP server for that interface. Each IA consists of a unique IAID and associated IP information. The IA type is the type of address in the IA. Each IA holds one type of address. IA_NA means an identity association for non-temporary addresses and IA_TA is an identity association for temporary addresses. An IA_NA option contains the T1 and T2 fields, but an IA_TA option does not. The DHCPv6 server uses T1 and T2 to control the time at which the client contacts with the server to extend the lifetimes on any addresses in the IA_NA before the lifetimes expire. After T1, the client sends the server (S1) (from which the addresses in the IA_NA were obtained) a Renew message. If the time T2 is reached and the server does not respond, the client sends a Rebind message to any available server (S2). For an IA_TA, the client may send a Renew or Rebind message at the client's discretion.
T2
T1

Renew to S1
Renew to S1

Renew to S1
Renew to S1

Renew to S1
Renew to S1

Rebind to S2
Rebind to S2

DHC P Re la y Ag e nt
A DHCP relay agent is on the same network as the DHCP clients and helps forward messages between the DHCP server and clients. When a client cannot use its link-local address and a well-known multicast address to locate a DHCP server on its network, it then needs a DHCP relay agent to send a message to a DHCP server that is not attached to the same network.
The DHCP relay agent can add the remote identification (remote-ID) option and the interface-ID option to the Relay-Forward DHCPv6 messages. The remote-ID option carries a user-defined string, such as the system name. The interface-ID option provides slot number, port information and the VLAN ID to the DHCPv6 server. The remote-ID option (if any) is stripped from the Relay-Reply messages before the relay agent sends the packets to the clients. The DHCP server copies the interface-ID option from the RelayForward message into the Relay-Reply message and sends it to the relay agent. The interface-ID should not change even after the relay agent restarts.
Pre fix De le g a tio n
Prefix delegation enables an IPv6 router to use the IPv6 prefix (network address) received from the ISP (or a connected uplink router) for its LAN. The Zyxel Device uses the received IPv6 prefix (for example, 2001:db2::/48) to generate its LAN IP address. Through sending Router Advertisements (RAs) regularly by multicast, the Zyxel Device passes the IPv6 prefix information to its LAN hosts. The hosts then can use the prefix to generate their IPv6 addresses.

NWA50AX User's Guide
233

Appendix B IPv6
IC MPv6
Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6 or ICMP for IPv6) is defined in RFC 4443. ICMPv6 has a preceding Next Header value of 58, which is different from the value used to identify ICMP for IPv4. ICMPv6 is an integral part of IPv6. IPv6 nodes use ICMPv6 to report errors encountered in packet processing and perform other diagnostic functions, such as "ping".
Ne ig hb o r Disc o ve ry Pro to c o l (NDP)
The Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) is a protocol used to discover other IPv6 devices and track neighbor's reachability in a network. An IPv6 device uses the following ICMPv6 messages types:
· Neighbor solicitation: A request from a host to determine a neighbor's link-layer address (MAC address) and detect if the neighbor is still reachable. A neighbor being "reachable" means it responds to a neighbor solicitation message (from the host) with a neighbor advertisement message.
· Neighbor advertisement: A response from a node to announce its link-layer address. · Router solicitation: A request from a host to locate a router that can act as the default router and
forward packets. · Router advertisement: A response to a router solicitation or a periodical multicast advertisement from
a router to advertise its presence and other parameters.
IPv6 C a c he
An IPv6 host is required to have a neighbor cache, destination cache, prefix list and default router list. The Zyxel Device maintains and updates its IPv6 caches constantly using the information from response messages. In IPv6, the Zyxel Device configures a link-local address automatically, and then sends a neighbor solicitation message to check if the address is unique. If there is an address to be resolved or verified, the Zyxel Device also sends out a neighbor solicitation message. When the Zyxel Device receives a neighbor advertisement in response, it stores the neighbor's link-layer address in the neighbor cache. When the Zyxel Device uses a router solicitation message to query for a router and receives a router advertisement message, it adds the router's information to the neighbor cache, prefix list and destination cache. The Zyxel Device creates an entry in the default router list cache if the router can be used as a default router.
When the Zyxel Device needs to send a packet, it first consults the destination cache to determine the next hop. If there is no matching entry in the destination cache, the Zyxel Device uses the prefix list to determine whether the destination address is on-link and can be reached directly without passing through a router. If the address is onlink, the address is considered as the next hop. Otherwise, the Zyxel Device determines the next-hop from the default router list or routing table. Once the next hop IP address is known, the Zyxel Device looks into the neighbor cache to get the link-layer address and sends the packet when the neighbor is reachable. If the Zyxel Device cannot find an entry in the neighbor cache or the state for the neighbor is not reachable, it starts the address resolution process. This helps reduce the number of IPv6 solicitation and advertisement messages.
Multic a st Liste ne r Disc o ve ry
The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol (defined in RFC 2710) is derived from IPv4's Internet Group Management Protocol version 2 (IGMPv2). MLD uses ICMPv6 message types, rather than IGMP message types. MLDv1 is equivalent to IGMPv2 and MLDv2 is equivalent to IGMPv3.
MLD allows an IPv6 switch or router to discover the presence of MLD listeners who wish to receive
NWA50AX User's Guide
234

Appendix B IPv6
multicast packets and the IP addresses of multicast groups the hosts want to join on its network. MLD snooping and MLD proxy are analogous to IGMP snooping and IGMP proxy in IPv4. MLD filtering controls which multicast groups a port can join.
MLD Me ssa g e s
A multicast router or switch periodically sends general queries to MLD hosts to update the multicast forwarding table. When an MLD host wants to join a multicast group, it sends an MLD Report message for that address. An MLD Done message is equivalent to an IGMP Leave message. When an MLD host wants to leave a multicast group, it can send a Done message to the router or switch. The router or switch then sends a group-specific query to the port on which the Done message is received to determine if other devices connected to this port should remain in the group.
Exa m ple - Ena b ling IPv6 o n Windo ws XP/ 2003/ Vista
By default, Windows XP and Windows 2003 support IPv6. This example shows you how to use the ipv6 install command on Windows XP/2003 to enable IPv6. This also displays how to use the ipconfig command to see auto-generated IP addresses.
C:\>ipv6 install Installing... Succeeded.
C:\>ipconfig
Windows IP Configuration
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.1.1.46 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : fe80::2d0:59ff:feb8:103c%4 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 10.1.1.254
IPv6 is installed and enabled by default in Windows Vista. Use the ipconfig command to check your automatic configured IPv6 address as well. You should see at least one IPv6 address available for the interface on your computer.
Exa m ple - Ena b ling DHC Pv6 o n Windo ws XP
Windows XP does not support DHCPv6. If your network uses DHCPv6 for IP address assignment, you have to additionally install a DHCPv6 client software on your Windows XP. (Note: If you use static IP addresses or Router Advertisement for IPv6 address assignment in your network, ignore this section.) This example uses Dibbler as the DHCPv6 client. To enable DHCPv6 client on your computer:
NWA50AX User's Guide
235

Appendix B IPv6 1 Install Dibbler and select the DHCPv6 client option on your computer. 2 After the installation is complete, select Sta rt > All Pro g ra m s > Dib b le r- DHC Pv6 > C lie nt Insta ll a s se rvic e . 3 Select Sta rt > C o ntro l Pa ne l > Adm inistra tive To o ls > Se rvic e s. 4 Double click Dib ble r - a DHC Pv6 c lie nt.
5 Click Sta rt and then O K.
6 Now your computer can obtain an IPv6 address from a DHCPv6 server.
Exa m ple - Ena b ling IPv6 o n Windo ws 7
Windows 7 supports IPv6 by default. DHCPv6 is also enabled when you enable IPv6 on a Windows 7 computer. To enable IPv6 in Windows 7:
NWA50AX User's Guide
236

Appendix B IPv6 1 Select C o ntro l Pa ne l > Ne two rk a nd Sha ring C e nte r > Lo c a l Are a C o nne c tio n. 2 Select the Inte rne t Pro to c o l Ve rsio n 6 (TC P/ IPv6) checkbox to enable it. 3 Click O K to save the change.
4 Click C lo se to exit the Lo c a l Are a C o nne c tio n Sta tus screen. 5 Select Sta rt > All Pro g ra m s > Ac c e sso rie s > C o m m a nd Pro m pt. 6 Use the ipconfig command to check your dynamic IPv6 address. This example shows a global address
(2001:b021:2d::1000) obtained from a DHCP server. C:\>ipconfig Windows IP Configuration Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : IPv6 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 2001:b021:2d::1000 Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::25d8:dcab:c80a:5189%11 IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 172.16.100.61 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : fe80::213:49ff:feaa:7125%11
172.16.100.254
NWA50AX User's Guide
237

A PPEN DIX C
C usto m e r Suppo rt

In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual, you should contact your vendor. If you cannot contact your vendor, then contact a Zyxel office for the region in which you bought the device.
See http s://www.zyxe l.c o m/ho me p a g e .shtml and also http s://www.zyxe l.c o m/a b o ut_zyxe l/zyxe l_wo rldwide .shtml for the latest information.
Please have the following information ready when you contact an office.
Re q uire d Info rm a tio n
· Product model and serial number. · Warranty Information. · Date that you received your device. · Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it.

C o rpo ra te He a dq ua rte rs (Wo rldwide )
Ta iwa n
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · http://www.zyxel.com

A sia

C hina
· Zyxel Communications (Shanghai) Corp. Zyxel Communications (Beijing) Corp. Zyxel Communications (Tianjin) Corp.
· https://www.zyxel.com/cn/zh/
Ind ia
· Zyxel Technology India Pvt Ltd · https://www.zyxel.com/in/en/
Ka za khsta n
· Zyxel Kazakhstan · https://www.zyxel.kz

NWA50AX User's Guide
238

Appendix C Customer Support
Ko re a
· Zyxel Korea Corp. · http://www.zyxel.kr
Ma la ysia
· Zyxel Malaysia Sdn Bhd. · http://www.zyxel.com.my
Pa kista n
· Zyxel Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd. · http://www.zyxel.com.pk
Philippine s
· Zyxel Philippines · http://www.zyxel.com.ph
Sing a po re
· Zyxel Singapore Pte Ltd. · http://www.zyxel.com.sg
Ta iwa n
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/tw/zh/
Tha ila nd
· Zyxel Thailand Co., Ltd · https://www.zyxel.com/th/th/
Vie tna m
· Zyxel Communications Corporation-Vietnam Office · https://www.zyxel.com/vn/vi
Euro pe
Be la rus
· Zyxel BY · https://www.zyxel.by
Be lg ium
· Zyxel Communications B.V. · https://www.zyxel.com/be/nl/
NWA50AX User's Guide
239

Appendix C Customer Support
· https://www.zyxel.com/be/fr/
Bulg a ria
· Zyxel  · https://www.zyxel.com/bg/bg/
C ze c h Re pub lic
· Zyxel Communications Czech s.r.o · https://www.zyxel.com/cz/cs/
De nm a rk
· Zyxel Communications A/S · https://www.zyxel.com/dk/da/
Esto nia
· Zyxel Estonia · https://www.zyxel.com/ee/et/
Finla nd
· Zyxel Communications · https://www.zyxel.com/fi/fi/
Fra nc e
· Zyxel France · https://www.zyxel.fr
G e rm a ny
· Zyxel Deutschland GmbH · https://www.zyxel.com/de/de/
Hung a ry
· Zyxel Hungary & SEE · https://www.zyxel.com/hu/hu/
Ita ly
· Zyxel Communications Italy · https://www.zyxel.com/it/it/
La tvia
· Zyxel Latvia · https://www.zyxel.com/lv/lv/
NWA50AX User's Guide
240

Appendix C Customer Support
Lithua nia
· Zyxel Lithuania · https://www.zyxel.com/lt/lt/
Ne the rla nds
· Zyxel Benelux · https://www.zyxel.com/nl/nl/
No rwa y
· Zyxel Communications · https://www.zyxel.com/no/no/
Po la nd
· Zyxel Communications Poland · https://www.zyxel.com/pl/pl/
Ro m a nia
· Zyxel Romania · https://www.zyxel.com/ro/ro
Russia
· Zyxel Russia · https://www.zyxel.com/ru/ru/
Slo va kia
· Zyxel Communications Czech s.r.o. organizacna zlozka · https://www.zyxel.com/sk/sk/
Spa in
· Zyxel Communications ES Ltd · https://www.zyxel.com/es/es/
Swe de n
· Zyxel Communications · https://www.zyxel.com/se/sv/
Switze rla nd
· Studerus AG · https://www.zyxel.ch/de · https://www.zyxel.ch/fr
NWA50AX User's Guide
241

Appendix C Customer Support
Turke y
· Zyxel Turkey A.S. · https://www.zyxel.com/tr/tr/
UK
· Zyxel Communications UK Ltd. · https://www.zyxel.com/uk/en/
Ukra ine
· Zyxel Ukraine · http://www.ua.zyxel.com
So uth Am e ric a
Arg e ntina
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Bra zil
· Zyxel Communications Brasil Ltda. · https://www.zyxel.com/br/pt/
C o lo m b ia
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Ec ua do r
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
So uth Am e ric a
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Middle Ea st
Isra e l
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · http://il.zyxel.com/
NWA50AX User's Guide
242

Appendix C Customer Support
Middle Ea st
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/me/en/
No rth Am e ric a USA
· Zyxel Communications, Inc. - North America Headquarters · https://www.zyxel.com/us/en/
O c e a nia Austra lia
· Zyxel Communications Corporation · https://www.zyxel.com/au/en/
Afric a So uth Afric a
· Nology (Pty) Ltd. · https://www.zyxel.com/za/en/
NWA50AX User's Guide
243

A PPEN DIX D
Le g a l Info rm a tio n
C o pyrig ht
Copyright © 2021 by Zyxel and/ or its affiliates The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, translated into any language, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, photocopying, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Zyxel and/ or its affiliates. Published by Zyxel and/ or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Disc la im e rs
Zyxel does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products, or software described herein. Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others. Zyxel further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice. This publication is subject to change without notice. Your use of the Zyxel Device is subject to the terms and conditions of any related service providers.
Tra de m a rks
Trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners.
Re g ula to ry No tic e a nd Sta te m e nt
UNITED STATES o f AMERIC A

BRA ZIL

The following information applies if you use the product within USA area.
FC C EMC Sta te m e nt
· This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
· Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
· This product has been tested and complies with the specifications for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
· If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: · Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna · Increase the separation between the devices · Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver's · Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistance
FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
FC C Ra dia tio n Expo sure Sta te m e nt
· This device complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. · This transmitter must be at least 21 cm from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. · Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADA. · Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only.
The following applies if you use the product within Brazil. Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito a proteção contra interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência a sistemas operando em caráter primário.

NWA50AX User's Guide
244

Appendix D Legal Information
C ANA DA
The following information applies if you use the product within Canada area.
Inno va tio n, Sc ie nc e a nd Ec o no m ic De ve lo pm e nt C a na da IC ES Sta te m e nt
CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)
Inno va tio n, Sc ie nc e a nd Ec o no m ic De ve lo pm e nt C a na da RSS- G EN & RSS- 247 Sta te m e nt
· This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
If the product with 5G wireless function operating in 5150-5250 MHz and 5725-5850 MHz, the following attention must be paid, · The device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel
mobile satellite systems. · Where applicable, antenna type(s), antenna model(s), and the worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p.
elevation mask requirement set forth in Section 6.2.23 of RSS 247 shall be clearly indicated. If the product with 5G wireless function operating in 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz, the following attention must be paid. · L'émetteur/récepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Innovation, Sciences et
Développement économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) L'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Lorsque la fonction sans fil 5G fonctionnant en 5150-5250 MHz and 5725-5850 MHz est activée pour ce produit, il est nécessaire de porter une attention particulière aux choses suivantes · Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 150 à 5 250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l'intérieur afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux; · Lorsqu'il y a lieu, les types d'antennes (s'il y en a plusieurs), les numéros de modèle de l'antenne et les pires angles d'inclinaison nécessaires pour rester conforme à l'exigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque d'élévation, énoncée à la section 6.2.2.3 du CNR-247, doivent être clairement indiqués. Lorsque la fonction sans fil 5G fonctionnant en 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz est activée pour ce produit, il est nécessaire de porter une attention particulière aux choses suivantes.
Industry C a na da ra dia tio n e xpo sure sta te m e nt
This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 24 cm between the radiator and your body.
Dé c la ra tio n d'e xpo sitio n a ux ra dia tio ns:
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements ISED établies pour un environnement non contrôlé.Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 24 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
C a utio n:
(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems; (ii) For indoor use only.
Ave rtisse m e nt:
(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l'intérieur afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux; (ii) Pour une utilisation en intérieur uniquement.
EURO PEAN UNIO N a nd UNITED KING DO M
The following information applies if you use the product within the European Union and United Kingdom.
De c la ra tio n o f C o nfo rm ity with Re g a rd to EU Dire c tive 2014/ 53/ EU (Ra dio Eq uipm e nt Dire c tive , RED) a nd UK re g ula tio n
· Compliance information for wireless products relevant to the EU, United Kingdom and other Countries following the EU Directive 2014/53/EU (RED) and UK regulation. And this product may be used in all EU countries (and other countries following the EU Directive 2014/53/EU) and United Kingdom without any limitation except for the countries mentioned below table:
· In the majority of the EU and other European countries, the 5GHz bands have been made available for the use of wireless local area networks (LANs). Later in this document you will find an overview of countries in which additional restrictions or requirements or both are applicable. The requirements for any country may evolve. Zyxel recommends that you check with the local authorities for the latest status of their national regulations for the 5GHz wireless LANs.
· If this device for operation in the band 5150-5350 MHz, it is for indoor use only. · This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radio equipment and your body. · The maximum RF power operating for each band as follows:
NWA50AX User's Guide
245

Appendix D Legal Information

NWA 5 0 A X · The band 2,400 MHz to 2,483.5 MHz is 99.77 mW, · The band 5,150 MHz to 5,350 MHz is 199.07 mW, · The band 5,470 MHz to 5,725 MHz is 997.70 mW.

 (Bulgarian)

  Zyxel ,                2014/53/C.

Na tio na l Re stric tio ns
· The Belgian Institute for Postal Services and Telecommunications (BIPT) must be notified of any outdoor wireless link having a range exceeding 300 meters. Please check http://www.bipt.be for more details.
· Draadloze verbindingen voor buitengebruik en met een reikwijdte van meer dan 300 meter dienen aangemeld te worden bij het Belgisch Instituut voor postdiensten en telecommunicatie (BIPT). Zie http://www.bipt.be voor meer gegevens.
· Les liaisons sans fil pour une utilisation en extérieur d'une distance supérieure à 300 mètres doivent être notifiées à l'Institut Belge des services Postaux et des Télécommunications (IBPT). Visitez http://www.ibpt.be pour de plus amples détails.

Español (Spanish)

Por medio de la presente Zyxel declara que el equipo cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 2014/53/UE.

Cestina (Czech)

Zyxel tímto prohlasuje, ze tento zaízení je ve shod se základními pozadavky a dalsími píslusnými ustanoveními smrnice 2014/53/EU.

Dansk (Danish) Undertegnede Zyxel erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr udstyr overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 2014/53/EU.

Na tio na l Re stric tio ns
· In Denmark, the band 5150 - 5350 MHz is also allowed for outdoor usage. · I Danmark må frekvensbåndet 5150 - 5350 også anvendes udendørs.

Deutsch (German)

Hiermit erklärt Zyxel, dass sich das Gerät Ausstattung in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU befindet.

Eesti keel (Estonian)

Käesolevaga kinnitab Zyxel seadme seadmed vastavust direktiivi 2014/53/EU põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.

 (Greek)

   Zyxel                2014/53/EU.

English

Hereby, Zyxel declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU.

Français (French)

Par la présente Zyxel déclare que l'appareil équipements est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 2014/53/EU.

Hrvatski (Croatian)

Zyxel ovime izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU.

Íslenska (Icelandic)

Hér með lýsir, Zyxel því yfir að þessi búnaður er í samræmi við grunnkröfur og önnur viðeigandi ákvæði tilskipunar 2014/53/ EU.

Italiano (Italian) Con la presente Zyxel dichiara che questo attrezzatura è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 2014/53/EU.

Na tio na l Re stric tio ns
· This product meets the National Radio Interface and the requirements specified in the National Frequency Allocation Table for Italy. Unless this wireless LAN product is operating within the boundaries of the owner's property, its use requires a "general authorization." Please check http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/ for more details.
· Questo prodotto è conforme alla specifiche di Interfaccia Radio Nazionali e rispetta il Piano Nazionale di ripartizione delle frequenze in Italia. Se non viene installato all 'interno del proprio fondo, l'utilizzo di prodotti Wireless LAN richiede una "Autorizzazione Generale". Consultare http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/ per maggiori dettagli.

Latviesu valoda (Latvian)

Ar so Zyxel deklar, ka iekrtas atbilst Direktvas 2014/53/EU btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem.
Na tio na l Re stric tio ns
· The outdoor usage of the 2.4 GHz band requires an authorization from the Electronic Communications Office. Please check http://www.esd.lv for more details.
· 2.4 GHz frekvenèu joslas izmantoðanai ârpus telpâm nepiecieðama atïauja no Elektronisko sakaru direkcijas. Vairâk informâcijas: http://www.esd.lv.

Lietuvi kalba (Lithuanian)

Siuo Zyxel deklaruoja, kad sis ranga atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 2014/53/EU Direktyvos nuostatas.

Magyar (Hungarian)

Alulírott, Zyxel nyilatkozom, hogy a berendezés megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 2014/53/EU irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.

Malti (Maltese) Hawnhekk, Zyxel, jiddikjara li dan tagmir jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 2014/53/EU.

Nederlands (Dutch)

Hierbij verklaart Zyxel dat het toestel uitrusting in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 2014/53/EU.

Polski (Polish)

Niniejszym Zyxel owiadcza, e sprzt jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostalymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 2014/53/EU.

NWA50AX User's Guide
246

Appendix D Legal Information

Português (Portuguese)
Român (Romanian)
Slovencina (Slovak)
Slovenscina (Slovene)
Suomi (Finnish)
Svenska (Swedish)
Norsk (Norwegian)

Zyxel declara que este equipamento está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 2014/53/ EU.
Prin prezenta, Zyxel declar c acest echipament este în conformitate cu cerinele eseniale i alte prevederi relevante ale Directivei 2014/53/EU.
Zyxel týmto vyhlasuje, ze zariadenia spa základné poziadavky a vsetky príslusné ustanovenia Smernice 2014/53/EU.
Zyxel izjavlja, da je ta oprema v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi dolocili direktive 2014/53/EU.
Zyxel vakuuttaa täten että laitteet tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 2014/53/EU oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
Härmed intygar Zyxel att denna utrustning står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Erklærer herved Zyxel at dette utstyret er I samsvar med de grunnleggende kravene og andre relevante bestemmelser I direktiv 2014/53/EU.

No te s: 1. Although Norway, Switzerland and Liechtenstein are not EU member states, the EU Directive 2014/53/EU has also been implemented in those countries. 2. The regulatory limits for maximum output power are specified in EIRP. The EIRP level (in dBm) of a device can be calculated by adding the gain of the antenna used (specified in dBi) to the output power available at the connector (specified in dBm).
List o f na tio na l c o de s

COUNTRY Austria Belgium Bulgaria Croatia Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Latvia

ISO 3166 2 LETTER CODE AT BE BG HR CY CR DK EE FI FR DE GR HU IS IE IT LV

COUNTRY Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Malta Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Romania Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Turkey United Kingdom

ISO 3166 2 LETTER CODE LI LT LU MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SK SI ES SE CH TR GB

Sa fe ty Wa rning s
· Do not use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. · Do not expose your device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids. · Do not store things on the device. · Do not obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device. For example, do not place the device in an
enclosed space such as a box or on a very soft surface such as a bed or sofa. · Do not install, use, or service this device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. · Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device. · Do not open the device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks. ONLY qualified
service personnel should service or disassemble this device. Please contact your vendor for further information. · Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports. · Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them. · Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling. · Do not remove the plug and connect it to a power outlet by itself; always attach the plug to the power adaptor first before connecting it to
a power outlet. · Do not allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor
or cord. · Please use the provided or designated connection cables/power cables/adaptors. Connect it to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V
AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe). If the power adaptor or cord is damaged, it might cause electrocution. Remove it from the device and the power source, repairing the power adapter or cord is prohibited. Contact your local vendor to order a new one.
NWA50AX User's Guide
247

Appendix D Legal Information
· Do not use the device outside, and make sure all the connections are indoors. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. · CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type, dispose of used batteries according to the instruction. Dispose them at
the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic devices. For detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the store where you purchased the product. · This device must be grounded by qualified service personnel. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the device in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the qualified service personnel if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. · The following warning statements apply, where the disconnect device is not incorporated in the device or where the plug on the power supply cord is intended to serve as the disconnect device, · For permanently connected devices, a readily accessible disconnect device shall be incorporated external to the device; · For pluggable devices, the socket-outlet shall be installed near the device and shall be easily accessible.
Enviro nm e nt sta te m e nt ErP (Ene rg y- re la te d Pro duc ts)
Zyxel products put on the EU and United Kingdom market in compliance with the requirement of the European Parliament and the Council published Directive 2009/125/EC and UK regulation establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (recast), so called as "ErP Directive (Energy-related Products directive) as well as ecodesign requirement laid down in applicable implementing measures, power consumption has satisfied regulation requirements which are: Network standby power consumption < 8W, and/or Off mode power consumption < 0.5W, and/or Standby mode power consumption < 0.5W. For wireless setting, please refer to the chapter about wireless settings for more detail.
Dispo sa l a nd Re c yc ling Info rm a tio n
The symbol below means that according to local regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from domestic waste. If this product is end of life, take it to a recycling station designated by local authorities. At the time of disposal, the separate collection of your product and/or its battery will help save natural resources and ensure that the environment is sustainable development.
Die folgende Symbol bedeutet, dass Ihr Produkt und/oder seine Batterie gemäß den örtlichen Bestimmungen getrennt vom Hausmüll entsorgt werden muss. Wenden Sie sich an eine Recyclingstation, wenn dieses Produkt das Ende seiner Lebensdauer erreicht hat. Zum Zeitpunkt der Entsorgung wird die getrennte Sammlung von Produkt und/oder seiner Batterie dazu beitragen, natürliche Ressourcen zu sparen und die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit zu schützen.
El símbolo de abajo indica que según las regulaciones locales, su producto y/o su batería deberán depositarse como basura separada de la doméstica. Cuando este producto alcance el final de su vida útil, llévelo a un punto limpio. Cuando llegue el momento de desechar el producto, la recogida por separado éste y/o su batería ayudará a salvar los recursos naturales y a proteger la salud humana y medioambiental.
Le symbole ci-dessous signifie que selon les réglementations locales votre produit et/ou sa batterie doivent être éliminés séparément des ordures ménagères. Lorsque ce produit atteint sa fin de vie, amenez-le à un centre de recyclage. Au moment de la mise au rebut, la collecte séparée de votre produit et/ou de sa batterie aidera à économiser les ressources naturelles et protéger l'environnement et la santé humaine.
Il simbolo sotto significa che secondo i regolamenti locali il vostro prodotto e/o batteria deve essere smaltito separatamente dai rifiuti domestici. Quando questo prodotto raggiunge la fine della vita di servizio portarlo a una stazione di riciclaggio. Al momento dello smaltimento, la raccolta separata del vostro prodotto e/o della sua batteria aiuta a risparmiare risorse naturali e a proteggere l'ambiente e la salute umana.
Symbolen innebär att enligt lokal lagstiftning ska produkten och/eller dess batteri kastas separat från hushållsavfallet. När den här produkten når slutet av sin livslängd ska du ta den till en återvinningsstation. Vid tiden för kasseringen bidrar du till en bättre miljö och mänsklig hälsa genom att göra dig av med den på ett återvinningsställe.
NWA50AX User's Guide
248



Appendix D Legal Information


   


 -  :
·  ·  -  ·  -  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  (  :  /  110V AC 230V AC) ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  ·  :
   
Ab o ut the Sym b o ls
Various symbols are used in this product to ensure correct usage, to prevent danger to the user and others, and to prevent property damage. The meaning of these symbols are described below. It is important that you read these descriptions thoroughly and fully understand the contents.

NWA50AX User's Guide
249

Appendix D Legal Information

Expla na tio n o f the Sym b o ls

SYMBOL

EXPLANATION Alternating current (AC): AC is an electric current in which the flow of electric charge periodically reverses direction.

Direct current (DC): DC if the unidirectional flow or movement of electric charge carriers.
Earth; ground: A wiring terminal intended for connection of a Protective Earthing Conductor.

Class II equipment:
The method of protection against electric shock in the case of class II equipment is either double insulation or reinforced insulation.

Vie wing C e rtific a tio ns
Go to http://www.zyxel.com to view this product's documentation and certifications.
Zyxe l Lim ite d Wa rra nty
Zyxel warrants to the original end user (purchaser) that this product is free from any defects in material or workmanship for a specific period (the Warranty Period) from the date of purchase. The Warranty Period varies by region. Check with your vendor and/or the authorized Zyxel local distributor for details about the Warranty Period of this product. During the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, Zyxel will, at its discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor, and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value, and will be solely at the discretion of Zyxel. This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions.
No te
Repair or replacement, as provided under this warranty, is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. Zyxel shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser. To obtain the services of this warranty, contact your vendor. You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http://www.zyxel.com/web/support_warranty_info.php.
Re g istra tio n
Register your product online at www.zyxel.com to receive e-mail notices of firmware upgrades and related information.
O pe n So urc e Lic e nse s
This product contains in part some free software distributed under GPL license terms and/or GPL like licenses. To request the source code covered under these licenses, please go to: https://www.zyxel.com/form/gpl_oss_software_notice.shtml

NWA50AX User's Guide
250

Index
Inde x

Symbols

BSS 16

Numbers
802.11k 19 802.11r 19 802.11v 19
A
AC. See AP Controller access 30 access privileges 16 access users 86
see also users 86 admin users 86
multiple logins 91 see also users 86 alerts 157, 161, 162, 164, 165, 166 AP Controller 19, 22 applications MBSSID 16 Repeater 13 Assisted Roaming, see 802.11k/v
B
backing up configuration files 169 Basic Service Set
see BSS Bluetooth
BLE, see Bluetooth Low Energy Bluetooth Low Energy 19 boot module 174

C
CA and certificates 123
CA (Certificate Authority), see certificates
CEF (Common Event Format) 158, 164 Certificate Authority (CA)
see certificates
Certificate Management Protocol (CMP) 128 Certificate Revocation List (CRL) 123
vs OCSP 137 certificates 122
advantages of 123 and CA 123 and FTP 156 and HTTPS 144 and SSH 153 and WWW 145 certification path 123, 130, 135 expired 123 factory-default 123 file formats 123 fingerprints 131, 136 importing 126 not used for encryption 123 revoked 123 self-signed 123, 127 serial number 130, 135 storage space 125, 133 thumbprint algorithms 124 thumbprints 124 used for authentication 123 verifying fingerprints 124 certification requests 127, 128 certifications viewing 250 channel 17 CLI 27, 35 button 35
NWA50AX User's Guide
251

messages 35 popup window 35 Reference Guide 2
cold start 42
commands 27 sent by Web Configurator 35
Common Event Format (CEF) 158, 164
configuration information 178, 193
configuration files 167 at restart 169 backing up 169 downloading 170 downloading with FTP 155 editing 167 how applied 168 lastgood.conf 169, 171 managing 168 startup-config.conf 171 startup-config-bad.conf 169 syntax 167 system-default.conf 171 uploading 172 uploading with FTP 155 use without restart 167
contact information 238
cookies 30
copyright 244
CPU usage 45, 47
current date/time 45, 139 daylight savings 141 setting manually 142 time server 142
customer support 238

Index
dual radios 17 dual-radio application 17 dynamic channel selection 76
E
encryption 13 ESSID 203 Extended Service Set IDentification 93
F
Fast Roaming, see 802.11r FCC interference statement 244 file extensions
configuration files 167 shell scripts 167 file manager 167 Firefox 30 firmware and restart 173 boot module, see boot module current version 45, 174 getting updated 173 uploading 173, 174 uploading with FTP 155 flash usage 45 FTP 27, 155 and certificates 156 with Transport Layer Security (TLS) 156

D
date 139 daylight savings 141 DCS 76 DHCP 139
and domain name 139 diagnostics 178, 193 disclaimer 244 domain name 139

G
Guide CLI Reference 2
H
HTTP over SSL, see HTTPS redirect to HTTPS 145
NWA50AX User's Guide
252

Index

vs HTTPS 144 HTTPS 143
and certificates 144 authenticating clients 144 avoiding warning messages 147 example 145 vs HTTP 144 with Internet Explorer 146 with Netscape Navigator 146 HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer, see HTTPS
I
IEEE 802.1x 94 interface
status 46 interfaces
as DHCP servers 139 interference 17 Internet Explorer 30 Internet Protocol version 6, see IPv6 IP Address 69, 189
gateway IP address 69 IP subnet 69 IPv6 230
addressing 230 EUI-64 232 global address 230 interface ID 232 link-local address 230 Neighbor Discovery Protocol 230 ping 230 prefix 230 prefix length 230 stateless autoconfiguration 232 unspecified address 231
J
Java permissions 30
JavaScripts 30

K
key pairs 122
L
lastgood.conf 169, 171 LED suppression 180 LEDs 28 Locator LED 181 log messages
categories 162, 164, 165, 166 debugging 66 regular 66 types of 66 logout Web Configurator 34 logs e-mail profiles 157 e-mailing log messages 68, 161 formats 158 log consolidation 162 settings 157 syslog servers 157 system 157 types of 157
M
MAC address range 45
management mode 20 Management, NCC 20 Management, Standalone 20 managing the device
good habits 27 using FTP, see FTP MBSSID 16 memory usage 45, 48 messages CLI 35 mode, default 20 model name 44

NWA50AX User's Guide
253

Index

My Certificates, see also certificates 125
N
NCC, see Nebula Control Center Nebula Control Center 20 Netscape Navigator 30 Network Time Protocol (NTP) 141
O
objects certificates 122 users, account user 86
Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) 137 vs CRL 137
overview 42, 186
P
pop-up windows 30 power off 43 power on 42 product registration 250 Public-Key Infrastructure (PKI) 123 public-private key pairs 122
R
radio 17 Radio Frequency monitor 12 reboot 42, 183
vs reset 183 Reference Guide, CLI 2 registration
product 250 remote management
FTP, see FTP WWW, see WWW

reset 205 vs reboot 183 vs shutdown 184
RESET button 43, 205 restart 183 RF interference 17 RF monitor, see Radio Frequency Monitor
RFC 2510 (Certificate Management Protocol or CMP) 128
Rivest, Shamir and Adleman public-key algorithm (RSA) 127
RSA 127, 135, 136 RSSI threshold 99
S
SCEP (Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol) 128 screen resolution 30 Secure Socket Layer, see SSL
serial number 44 service control
and users 143 limitations 143 timeouts 143 Service Set 93 Service Set Identifier see SSID
shell scripts 167 downloading 176, 193 editing 175, 192 how applied 168 managing 175, 192 syntax 167 uploading 177, 193
shutdown 43, 184 vs reset 184
Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol (SCEP) 128 SSH 151
and certificates 153 client requirements 153 encryption methods 153 for secure Telnet 154 how connection is established 152 versions 153

NWA50AX User's Guide
254

with Linux 154 with Microsoft Windows 154 SSID 16 SSID profile pre-configured 16 SSID profiles 16 SSL 143 starting the device 42 startup-config.conf 171 if errors 169 missing at restart 169 present at restart 169 startup-config-bad.conf 169 station 76 status 187 stopping the device 42 supported browsers 30 syslog 158, 164 syslog servers, see also logs
system log, see logs
system name 44, 139 system uptime 45 system-default.conf 171

Index
shell scripts 175, 192 usage
CPU 45, 47 flash 45 memory 45, 48 onboard flash 45 user authentication 86 user name rules 87 user objects 86 users 86 access, see also access users admin (type) 86 admin, see also admin users and service control 143 currently logged in 45 default lease time 90, 92 default reauthentication time 90, 92 lease time 89 limited-admin (type) 86 lockout 91 reauthentication time 89 types of 86 user (type) 86 user names 87

T
Telnet with SSH 154
time 139 time servers (default) 142 trademarks 244 Transport Layer Security (TLS) 156 troubleshooting 178, 193 Trusted Certificates, see also certificates 132
U
upgrading firmware 173
uploading configuration files 172 firmware 173

V
Vantage Report (VRPT) 158, 164 Virtual Local Area Network 72 VLAN 72
introduction 72 VRPT (Vantage Report) 158, 164
W
warm start 42 warranty 250
note 250 WDS 13 Web Configurator 26, 30
access 30 requirements 30 supported browsers 30

NWA50AX User's Guide
255

WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) 94 wireless channel 203 wireless client 76 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) 13 wireless LAN 203 wireless network
example 75 overview 75 wireless profile 93 layer-2 isolation 93 MAC filtering 93 radio 93 security 93 SSID 93 wireless security 16, 203 wireless station 76 Wizard Setup 49 WLAN interface 17 WPA2 94 WWW 144 and certificates 145 see also HTTP, HTTPS 144
Z
ZDP 22 ZON Utility 22 Zyxel Discovery Protocol 22

Index

NWA50AX User's Guide
256


Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)